US7312087B2 - Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing - Google Patents
Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US7312087B2 US7312087B2 US09/760,384 US76038401A US7312087B2 US 7312087 B2 US7312087 B2 US 7312087B2 US 76038401 A US76038401 A US 76038401A US 7312087 B2 US7312087 B2 US 7312087B2
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- preferred
- nucleic acid
- etms
- electrode
- groups
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Lifetime, expires
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 186
- 238000000018 DNA microarray Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 56
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 167
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 110
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 90
- 239000012491 analyte Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 48
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 46
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 31
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 226
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims description 217
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims description 217
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 claims description 206
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 claims description 52
- 230000027756 respiratory electron transport chain Effects 0.000 claims description 40
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 32
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 claims description 31
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 abstract description 15
- 238000003499 nucleic acid array Methods 0.000 abstract description 2
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 133
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 74
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 70
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 66
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 66
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 61
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 50
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 47
- 239000012212 insulator Substances 0.000 description 45
- 230000007115 recruitment Effects 0.000 description 45
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 40
- 239000013545 self-assembled monolayer Substances 0.000 description 40
- -1 antibodies Substances 0.000 description 39
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 38
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 38
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 36
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 36
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 35
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 35
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 35
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 32
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 32
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 31
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 29
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 29
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 28
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 28
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 27
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 27
- 239000002094 self assembled monolayer Substances 0.000 description 27
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 26
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 26
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 25
- KTWOOEGAPBSYNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N ferrocene Chemical compound [Fe+2].C=1C=C[CH-]C=1.C=1C=C[CH-]C=1 KTWOOEGAPBSYNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 150000003833 nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 25
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 23
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 23
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 22
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 22
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N Ribose Natural products OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 description 21
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-D-Furanose-Ribose Natural products OCC1OC(O)C(O)C1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 21
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical class OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 20
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 19
- 238000004832 voltammetry Methods 0.000 description 19
- 0 CCCOC(CCCCC1)C(C)C1(C)C(C)C(C)C(C)C*(CC1NC1)=C Chemical compound CCCOC(CCCCC1)C(C)C1(C)C(C)C(C)C(C)C*(CC1NC1)=C 0.000 description 18
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 18
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N D-ribofuranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 17
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 16
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical group [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 16
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 16
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 16
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 16
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- 108091093037 Peptide nucleic acid Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 15
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 15
- 125000002524 organometallic group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 15
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 14
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 14
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 230000009871 nonspecific binding Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 13
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 13
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical group C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N Uridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 description 12
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 12
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000004606 Fillers/Extenders Substances 0.000 description 11
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- PPQRONHOSHZGFQ-LMVFSUKVSA-N aldehydo-D-ribose 5-phosphate Chemical group OP(=O)(O)OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O PPQRONHOSHZGFQ-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 11
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 11
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 11
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 229910052707 ruthenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 11
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 10
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 9
- KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ruthenium Chemical compound [Ru] KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 9
- 239000000370 acceptor Substances 0.000 description 9
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 9
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 8
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 8
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 150000003290 ribose derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 8
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 7
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 7
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 7
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 7
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 7
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- ROFVEXUMMXZLPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bipyridyl Chemical compound N1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=N1 ROFVEXUMMXZLPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N beta-L-uridine Natural products O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 6
- OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cytosine Chemical compound NC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000009713 electroplating Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000010355 oscillation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 6
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N uracil arabinoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229940045145 uridine Drugs 0.000 description 6
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 5
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 5
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 5
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 5
- 239000011133 lead Substances 0.000 description 5
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229910052762 osmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 5
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 108020004418 ribosomal RNA Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 125000000548 ribosyl group Chemical group C1([C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO)* 0.000 description 5
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012935 Averaging Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920000742 Cotton Polymers 0.000 description 4
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 4
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenanthrene Natural products C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920006362 Teflon® Polymers 0.000 description 4
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000011923 Thyrotropin Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010061174 Thyrotropin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C21 MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000036755 cellular response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002800 charge carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 4
- ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N endo-cyclopentadiene Natural products C1C=CC=C1 ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011152 fibreglass Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 4
- KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycine betaine Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CC([O-])=O KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- AMGQUBHHOARCQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium;oxotin Chemical compound [In].[Sn]=O AMGQUBHHOARCQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- DRAVOWXCEBXPTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoguanine Chemical compound NC1=NC(=O)NC2=C1NC=N2 DRAVOWXCEBXPTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000012856 packing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000004032 porphyrins Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 4
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229910052702 rhenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002195 soluble material Substances 0.000 description 4
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 4
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- UMVQPTZOYMRBCO-UMMGPYKBSA-N C.C.C.C.C[Y][2H]B[Y]C Chemical compound C.C.C.C.C[Y][2H]B[Y]C UMVQPTZOYMRBCO-UMMGPYKBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102000003951 Erythropoietin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000394 Erythropoietin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012901 Milli-Q water Substances 0.000 description 3
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000036693 Thrombopoietin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010041111 Thrombopoietin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940104302 cytosine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000007405 data analysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004720 dielectrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000000835 electrochemical detection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001077 electron transfer detection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940105423 erythropoietin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 3
- GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoranthrene Natural products C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=C22)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012417 linear regression Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000018977 lysine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001668 nucleic acid synthesis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000013110 organic ligand Substances 0.000 description 3
- SYQBFIAQOQZEGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N osmium atom Chemical compound [Os] SYQBFIAQOQZEGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002972 pentoses Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000010363 phase shift Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003003 phosphines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229920001308 poly(aminoacid) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhenium atom Chemical compound [Re] WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000010948 rhodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000679 solder Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010183 spectrum analysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000003463 sulfur Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 3
- 150000003577 thiophenes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- MDAXKAUIABOHTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4,8,11-tetraazacyclotetradecane Chemical compound C1CNCCNCCCNCCNC1 MDAXKAUIABOHTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DRGAZIDRYFYHIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2':6',2''-terpyridine Chemical compound N1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC(C=2N=CC=CC=2)=N1 DRGAZIDRYFYHIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XQCZBXHVTFVIFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-4-hydroxypyrimidine Chemical compound NC1=NC=CC(O)=N1 XQCZBXHVTFVIFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000275 Adrenocorticotropic Hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102100023635 Alpha-fetoprotein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091023037 Aptamer Proteins 0.000 description 2
- BPYKTIZUTYGOLE-IFADSCNNSA-N Bilirubin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(C)=C(C=C)\C1=C\C1=C(C)C(CCC(O)=O)=C(CC2=C(C(C)=C(\C=C/3C(=C(C=C)C(=O)N\3)C)N2)CCC(O)=O)N1 BPYKTIZUTYGOLE-IFADSCNNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butadiene Chemical compound C=CC=C KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100025475 Carcinoembryonic antigen-related cell adhesion molecule 5 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000011022 Chorionic Gonadotropin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010062540 Chorionic Gonadotropin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102400000739 Corticotropin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101800000414 Corticotropin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000709661 Enterovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000012673 Follicle Stimulating Hormone Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010079345 Follicle Stimulating Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000914324 Homo sapiens Carcinoembryonic antigen-related cell adhesion molecule 5 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000914321 Homo sapiens Carcinoembryonic antigen-related cell adhesion molecule 7 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010020460 Human T-cell lymphotropic virus type I infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000714260 Human T-lymphotropic virus 1 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000714259 Human T-lymphotropic virus 2 Species 0.000 description 2
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090000723 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000003960 Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000364 Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091092878 Microsatellite Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091005461 Nucleic proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020005187 Oligonucleotide Probes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 206010061902 Pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N Riboflavin Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000607142 Salmonella Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000004809 Teflon Substances 0.000 description 2
- MUMGGOZAMZWBJJ-DYKIIFRCSA-N Testostosterone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 MUMGGOZAMZWBJJ-DYKIIFRCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000003978 Tissue Plasminogen Activator Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000373 Tissue Plasminogen Activator Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NIJJYAXOARWZEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valproic acid Chemical compound CCCC(C(O)=O)CCC NIJJYAXOARWZEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000607626 Vibrio cholerae Species 0.000 description 2
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HXGDTGSAIMULJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N acenaphthylene Chemical compound C1=CC(C=C2)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 HXGDTGSAIMULJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920006397 acrylic thermoplastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 108010026331 alpha-Fetoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004082 amperometric method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- QZPSXPBJTPJTSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N aqua regia Chemical compound Cl.O[N+]([O-])=O QZPSXPBJTPJTSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000751 azo group Chemical class [*]N=N[*] 0.000 description 2
- 238000007630 basic procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960003237 betaine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052793 cadmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium atom Chemical compound [Cd] BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004422 calculation algorithm Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- SKOLWUPSYHWYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonodithioic O,S-acid Chemical class SC(S)=O SKOLWUPSYHWYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000006037 cell lysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001311 chemical methods and process Methods 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004769 chrono-potentiometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- WDECIBYCCFPHNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N chrysene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C=CC3=C21 WDECIBYCCFPHNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZPUCINDJVBIVPJ-LJISPDSOSA-N cocaine Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@H]2CC[C@@H](N2C)[C@H]1C(=O)OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZPUCINDJVBIVPJ-LJISPDSOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011889 copper foil Substances 0.000 description 2
- VPUGDVKSAQVFFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N coronene Chemical compound C1=C(C2=C34)C=CC3=CC=C(C=C3)C4=C4C3=CC=C(C=C3)C4=C2C3=C1 VPUGDVKSAQVFFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 2
- IDLFZVILOHSSID-OVLDLUHVSA-N corticotropin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CO)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IDLFZVILOHSSID-OVLDLUHVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000258 corticotropin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012864 cross contamination Methods 0.000 description 2
- DMSZORWOGDLWGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ctk1a3526 Chemical compound NP(N)(N)=O DMSZORWOGDLWGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 2
- BVQAWSJMUYMNQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipyridophenazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=NC4=CC=CC=C4N=C3C3=CC=CN=C3C2=N1 BVQAWSJMUYMNQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000002019 disulfides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005518 electrochemistry Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940028334 follicle stimulating hormone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000002240 furans Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910021397 glassy carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229940084986 human chorionic gonadotropin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N hydrocortisone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 2
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009830 intercalation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052741 iridium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000015486 malignant pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000011572 manganese Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000691 measurement method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002736 metal compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- CXKWCBBOMKCUKX-UHFFFAOYSA-M methylene blue Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=[S+]C3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3N=C21 CXKWCBBOMKCUKX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- 229960000907 methylthioninium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000010445 mica Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052618 mica group Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052750 molybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000476 molybdenum oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 102000044158 nucleic acid binding protein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108700020942 nucleic acid binding protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000007899 nucleic acid hybridization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002751 oligonucleotide probe Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002902 organometallic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000002528 pancreatic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000008443 pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000005041 phenanthrolines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 2
- 230000002186 photoactivation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001748 polybutylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102000054765 polymorphisms of proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 2
- OXCMYAYHXIHQOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium;[2-butyl-5-chloro-3-[[4-[2-(1,2,4-triaza-3-azanidacyclopenta-1,4-dien-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]imidazol-4-yl]methanol Chemical compound [K+].CCCCC1=NC(Cl)=C(CO)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=N[N-]N=N2)C=C1 OXCMYAYHXIHQOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZCCUUQDIBDJBTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N psoralen Chemical compound C1=C2OC(=O)C=CC2=CC2=C1OC=C2 ZCCUUQDIBDJBTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=CC3=CC=CC4=CC=C1C2=C43 BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003222 pyridines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008521 reorganization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052703 rhodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000012488 sample solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011896 sensitive detection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052814 silicon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001174 sulfone group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical class *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052713 technetium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ISXSCDLOGDJUNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)C=C ISXSCDLOGDJUNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZFXYFBGIUFBOJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N theophylline Chemical compound O=C1N(C)C(=O)N(C)C2=C1NC=N2 ZFXYFBGIUFBOJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940113082 thymine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960000187 tissue plasminogen activator Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000008827 tuberculosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 2
- VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N uroanthelone Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 2
- YUFFSWGQGVEMMI-JLNKQSITSA-N (7Z,10Z,13Z,16Z,19Z)-docosapentaenoic acid Chemical compound CC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCCC(O)=O YUFFSWGQGVEMMI-JLNKQSITSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910018861 (C5H5)2Fe Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- KWTSXDURSIMDCE-QMMMGPOBSA-N (S)-amphetamine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 KWTSXDURSIMDCE-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 17β-estradiol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid (2S,3S)-3,4-dimethyl-2-phenylmorpholine Chemical compound OC(C(O)C(O)=O)C(O)=O.C[C@H]1[C@@H](OCCN1C)c1ccccc1 VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 0.000 description 1
- JFJNVIPVOCESGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dipyridin-2-ylpyridine Chemical class N1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CN=C1C1=CC=CC=N1 JFJNVIPVOCESGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CCBICDLNWJRFPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-dichloroindophenol Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1N=C1C=C(Cl)C(=O)C(Cl)=C1 CCBICDLNWJRFPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OZDAOHVKBFBBMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminopentanedioic acid;hydrate Chemical compound O.OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O OZDAOHVKBFBBMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UWRZIZXBOLBCON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethenamine Chemical compound NC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 UWRZIZXBOLBCON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- VXGRJERITKFWPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4',5'-Dihydropsoralen Natural products C1=C2OC(=O)C=CC2=CC2=C1OCC2 VXGRJERITKFWPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JIVLDFFWTQYGSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,7-dimethyl-[1,10]phenanthroline Chemical compound C1=CC2=C(C)C=CN=C2C2=C1C(C)=CC=N2 JIVLDFFWTQYGSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OXMSMRJQZMTIMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-phenyl-2-(4-phenylpyridin-2-yl)pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=NC(C=2N=CC=C(C=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 OXMSMRJQZMTIMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NMTUJCMONVTLHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-ethyl-10-methylbenzo[a]phenazin-7-ium-5-amine;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=C(N)C2=CC=CC=C2C2=C1[N+](CC)=C(C=CC(C)=C1)C1=N2 NMTUJCMONVTLHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LUBXLGUQZVKOFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-phenylanthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C(C=CC=C2)C2=CC2=CC=CC=C12 LUBXLGUQZVKOFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004382 Amylase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000013142 Amylases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010065511 Amylases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100029470 Apolipoprotein E Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710095339 Apolipoprotein E Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010060159 Apolipoprotein E4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010071619 Apolipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007592 Apolipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000712891 Arenavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001120493 Arene Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004625 Aspartate Aminotransferases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010003415 Aspartate Aminotransferases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700020463 BRCA1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000036365 BRCA1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101150072950 BRCA1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000193830 Bacillus <bacterium> Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000588807 Bordetella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588832 Bordetella pertussis Species 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DYJKHXXOTXRPIV-NMWFTTQASA-N C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.CCC(C)C(C)(N[Y]B[2H][Y]C)C(C)C.CCC(C)C(C)(O[SiH2][Y]B[2H][Y]C)C(C)C Chemical compound C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.CCC(C)C(C)(N[Y]B[2H][Y]C)C(C)C.CCC(C)C(C)(O[SiH2][Y]B[2H][Y]C)C(C)C DYJKHXXOTXRPIV-NMWFTTQASA-N 0.000 description 1
- OHNXRASZOYUUJI-CDXTWVRVSA-N C.C.C.C.C.C.C=P(C[Y][2H]B[Y]C)(OC)OC1C(C)OC(C)C1C Chemical compound C.C.C.C.C.C.C=P(C[Y][2H]B[Y]C)(OC)OC1C(C)OC(C)C1C OHNXRASZOYUUJI-CDXTWVRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- URFMEQJPWCHFEX-CDXTWVRVSA-N C.C.C.C.C.C.C[Y]B[2H][Y]CNC1C(C)OC(C)C1C Chemical compound C.C.C.C.C.C.C[Y]B[2H][Y]CNC1C(C)OC(C)C1C URFMEQJPWCHFEX-CDXTWVRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CHBNJCHUZUYYFQ-UMMGPYKBSA-M C.C.C.C.CCC(C)C(C)(S[Y]B[2H][Y]C)C(C)C Chemical compound C.C.C.C.CCC(C)C(C)(S[Y]B[2H][Y]C)C(C)C CHBNJCHUZUYYFQ-UMMGPYKBSA-M 0.000 description 1
- NUKGOEROCOZKHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.C.C.C.CCCCCC Chemical compound C.C.C.C.CCCCCC NUKGOEROCOZKHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SKTVCZGIJJLNCA-UMMGPYKBSA-N C.C.C.C.C[Y]B[2H][Y]CC1=CN(C2OC(C)C(C)C2C)C(=O)NC1N Chemical compound C.C.C.C.C[Y]B[2H][Y]CC1=CN(C2OC(C)C(C)C2C)C(=O)NC1N SKTVCZGIJJLNCA-UMMGPYKBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ACMQGNXTGDUNBB-TTZHHZLVSA-N C.C.COP(=O)(CNC(=O)[Y][2H]B[Y]C)OC1C(C)OC(C)C1C.S Chemical compound C.C.COP(=O)(CNC(=O)[Y][2H]B[Y]C)OC1C(C)OC(C)C1C.S ACMQGNXTGDUNBB-TTZHHZLVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NRWHYTAKCHTSHW-VOEPQHRLSA-N C.C.C[Y]B[2H][Y]C#CC1=CN(C2OC(C)C(C)C2C)C(=O)NC1=O Chemical compound C.C.C[Y]B[2H][Y]C#CC1=CN(C2OC(C)C(C)C2C)C(=O)NC1=O NRWHYTAKCHTSHW-VOEPQHRLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WVNVLBXKBFELML-VOEPQHRLSA-N C.C.C[Y]B[2H][Y]C(=O)NC1C(C)OC(C)C1C Chemical compound C.C.C[Y]B[2H][Y]C(=O)NC1C(C)OC(C)C1C WVNVLBXKBFELML-VOEPQHRLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NECKQSQABCBJAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1OC(N2C=C(C#C[Lr]C[Lr])C(=O)NC2=O)C(C)C1C Chemical compound CC1OC(N2C=C(C#C[Lr]C[Lr])C(=O)NC2=O)C(C)C1C NECKQSQABCBJAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JQRBRUSVXOTPRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC(CC)CN=O Chemical compound CCC(CC)CN=O JQRBRUSVXOTPRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RRSWGWRDJAQZBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCC(=O)NC1C(C)OC(C)C1C Chemical compound CCCC(=O)NC1C(C)OC(C)C1C RRSWGWRDJAQZBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SCSOCJXUYDLQPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCC(C)(C(C)C)C(C)CC Chemical compound CCCCC(C)(C(C)C)C(C)CC SCSOCJXUYDLQPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AOHVVAIDNQGYDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCNC1C(C)OC(C)C1C Chemical compound CCNC1C(C)OC(C)C1C AOHVVAIDNQGYDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VLFZBFUYGCVAKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCOC1C(C)OC(C)C1C Chemical compound CCOC1C(C)OC(C)C1C VLFZBFUYGCVAKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OIPYPQHFBOLNIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCOP(=O)(OC)OC1C(C)OC(C)C1C Chemical compound CCOP(=O)(OC)OC1C(C)OC(C)C1C OIPYPQHFBOLNIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WOLSSQQEVBHISF-UHFFFAOYSA-N COCCCCCOP(CCC#N)N(C(C)C)C(C)C Chemical compound COCCCCCOP(CCC#N)N(C(C)C)C(C)C WOLSSQQEVBHISF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102400000113 Calcitonin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060001064 Calcitonin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000589876 Campylobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000252506 Characiformes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606161 Chlamydia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606153 Chlamydia trachomatis Species 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003914 Cholinesterases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000322 Cholinesterases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000317 Chymotrypsin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010005939 Ciliary Neurotrophic Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016989 Ciliary Neurotrophic Factor Receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010000063 Ciliary Neurotrophic Factor Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100031614 Ciliary neurotrophic factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000193163 Clostridioides difficile Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193403 Clostridium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193155 Clostridium botulinum Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193468 Clostridium perfringens Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193449 Clostridium tetani Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000001333 Colorectal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000035473 Communicable disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000711573 Coronaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186227 Corynebacterium diphtheriae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000709687 Coxsackievirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004420 Creatine Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010042126 Creatine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000003883 Cystic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- AUNGANRZJHBGPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-Lyxoflavin Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O AUNGANRZJHBGPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008574 D-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004544 DNA amplification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102100033215 DNA nucleotidylexotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010008286 DNA nucleotidylexotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- LTMHDMANZUZIPE-AMTYYWEZSA-N Digoxin Natural products O([C@H]1[C@H](C)O[C@H](O[C@@H]2C[C@@H]3[C@@](C)([C@@H]4[C@H]([C@]5(O)[C@](C)([C@H](O)C4)[C@H](C4=CC(=O)OC4)CC5)CC3)CC2)C[C@@H]1O)[C@H]1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O[C@H]2O[C@@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C2)[C@@H](O)C1 LTMHDMANZUZIPE-AMTYYWEZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000001301 EGF receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060006698 EGF receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000991587 Enterovirus C Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588722 Escherichia Species 0.000 description 1
- UEXCJVNBTNXOEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethynylbenzene Chemical group C#CC1=CC=CC=C1 UEXCJVNBTNXOEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010049003 Fibrinogen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008946 Fibrinogen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000001390 Fructose-Bisphosphate Aldolase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010068561 Fructose-Bisphosphate Aldolase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001556449 Garrha rubella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000224467 Giardia intestinalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000042092 Glucose transporter family Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091052347 Glucose transporter family Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930186217 Glycolipid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241001123589 Gorilla papillomavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100020948 Growth hormone receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010010234 HDL Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015779 HDL Lipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010010369 HIV Protease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000606790 Haemophilus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606768 Haemophilus influenzae Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000002265 Human Growth Hormone Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010000521 Human Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000854 Human Growth Hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701085 Human alphaherpesvirus 3 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701044 Human gammaherpesvirus 4 Species 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N Inosine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930010555 Inosine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004218 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000000589 Interleukin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000019223 Interleukin-1 receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050006617 Interleukin-1 receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004553 Interleukin-11 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010017521 Interleukin-11 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004560 Interleukin-12 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010017515 Interleukin-12 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004559 Interleukin-13 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010017511 Interleukin-13 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004556 Interleukin-15 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010017535 Interleukin-15 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000013691 Interleukin-17 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050003558 Interleukin-17 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004554 Interleukin-17 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010017525 Interleukin-17 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010789 Interleukin-2 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038453 Interleukin-2 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010790 Interleukin-3 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038452 Interleukin-3 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010787 Interleukin-4 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038486 Interleukin-4 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010786 Interleukin-5 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038484 Interleukin-5 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010781 Interleukin-6 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038501 Interleukin-6 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010782 Interleukin-7 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038498 Interleukin-7 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010682 Interleukin-9 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038414 Interleukin-9 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015696 Interleukins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010063738 Interleukins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910021577 Iron(II) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008575 L-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003855 L-lactate dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700023483 L-lactate dehydrogenases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000007330 LDL Lipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010007622 LDL Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010001831 LDL receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000853 LDL receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000007764 Legionnaires' Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000222722 Leishmania <genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000016267 Leptin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010092277 Leptin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lidocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005684 Liebig rearrangement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000004882 Lipase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001060 Lipase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004367 Lipase Substances 0.000 description 1
- PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Manganese Chemical compound [Mn] PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000712079 Measles morbillivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molybdenum Chemical compound [Mo] ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000711386 Mumps virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186359 Mycobacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186362 Mycobacterium leprae Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100030856 Myoglobin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010062374 Myoglobin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000588653 Neisseria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588652 Neisseria gonorrhoeae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588650 Neisseria meningitidis Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700019961 Neoplasm Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000048850 Neoplasm Genes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000714209 Norwalk virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- JSAWYMYUJKVZGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oc1c([nH]c2c(cc(cc12)S(O)(=O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O)C1=Nc2c(cc(cc2S(O)(=O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O)C1=O Chemical compound Oc1c([nH]c2c(cc(cc12)S(O)(=O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O)C1=Nc2c(cc(cc2S(O)(=O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O)C1=O JSAWYMYUJKVZGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010038807 Oligopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015636 Oligopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000150452 Orthohantavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702244 Orthoreovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061535 Ovarian neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091008606 PDGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000016222 Pancreatic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000709664 Picornaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000011653 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010035718 Pneumonia legionella Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000805 Polyaspartic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010020346 Polyglutamic Acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010039918 Polylysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001505332 Polyomavirus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000003946 Prolactin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010057464 Prolactin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010002519 Prolactin Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100029000 Prolactin receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100035703 Prostatic acid phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000125945 Protoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589516 Pseudomonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589776 Pseudomonas putida Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711798 Rabies lyssavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000725643 Respiratory syncytial virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000702670 Rotavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000018199 S phase Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091006300 SLC2A4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000293871 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhi Species 0.000 description 1
- BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Selenium Chemical compound [Se] BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000019802 Sexually transmitted disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000607768 Shigella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607764 Shigella dysenteriae Species 0.000 description 1
- BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silane Chemical group [SiH4] BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000580858 Simian-Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100033939 Solute carrier family 2, facilitated glucose transporter member 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000013275 Somatomedins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010068542 Somatotropin Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000191940 Staphylococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194017 Streptococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193996 Streptococcus pyogenes Species 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 108091008874 T cell receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016266 T-Cell Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000718007 Taenionema palladium Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000190 Thrombin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004338 Transferrin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000901 Transferrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010033576 Transferrin Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007238 Transferrin Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004887 Transforming Growth Factor beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001012 Transforming Growth Factor beta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009618 Transforming Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010009583 Transforming Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102400001320 Transforming growth factor alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800004564 Transforming growth factor alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000589886 Treponema Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004987 Troponin T Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001108 Troponin T Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000631 Trypsin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004142 Trypsin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091008605 VEGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700647 Variola virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000009484 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000005789 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000607598 Vibrio Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607734 Yersinia <bacteria> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607479 Yersinia pestis Species 0.000 description 1
- IVNALXNJOCZGMK-UHFFFAOYSA-M [4-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]iminocyclohexa-2,5-dien-1-ylidene]-dimethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1N=C1C=CC(=[N+](C)C)C=C1 IVNALXNJOCZGMK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- XEIPQVVAVOUIOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Au]=S Chemical compound [Au]=S XEIPQVVAVOUIOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROZSPJBPUVWBHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Ru]=O Chemical class [Ru]=O ROZSPJBPUVWBHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XLVKXZZJSTWDJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N [SiH4].[Si] Chemical group [SiH4].[Si] XLVKXZZJSTWDJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001594 aberrant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- CWRYPZZKDGJXCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N acenaphthalene Natural products C1=CC(CC2)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 CWRYPZZKDGJXCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010306 acid treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DPKHZNPWBDQZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine orange free base Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=NC3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3C=C21 DPKHZNPWBDQZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005233 alkylalcohol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000000029 amperostatic coulometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940025084 amphetamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019418 amylase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000036436 anti-hiv Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000935 antidepressant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005513 antidepressants Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004019 antithrombin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052785 arsenic Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N arsenic atom Chemical compound [As] RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013528 artificial neural network Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005311 autocorrelation function Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 244000052616 bacterial pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- IWCQVOVBDXJJDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzene;chromium;cyclohexane Chemical compound [Cr].[CH-]1[CH-][CH-][CH-][CH-][CH-]1.C1=CC=CC=C1 IWCQVOVBDXJJDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoquinolinylidene Natural products C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZDZHCHYQNPQSGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N binaphthyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12 ZDZHCHYQNPQSGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013060 biological fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940124630 bronchodilator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000168 bronchodilator agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008364 bulk solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- BBBFJLBPOGFECG-VJVYQDLKSA-N calcitonin Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(N)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)[C@@H]1CSSC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N1 BBBFJLBPOGFECG-VJVYQDLKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004015 calcitonin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930003827 cannabinoid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000003557 cannabinoid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940065144 cannabinoids Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003990 capacitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005251 capillar electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910002090 carbon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003518 caustics Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003756 cervix mucus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003196 chaotropic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005091 chloramphenicol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WIIZWVCIJKGZOK-RKDXNWHRSA-N chloramphenicol Chemical compound ClC(Cl)C(=O)N[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 WIIZWVCIJKGZOK-RKDXNWHRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940048961 cholinesterase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000970 chrono-amperometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001567 chrono-coulometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002376 chymotrypsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- ILZSSCVGGYJLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobaltocene Chemical compound [Co+2].C=1C=C[CH-]C=1.C=1C=C[CH-]C=1 ILZSSCVGGYJLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003920 cocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010960 commercial process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009918 complex formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003271 compound fluorescence assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001940 conductive polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003869 coulometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003983 crown ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000058 cyclopentadienyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000412 dendrimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000736 dendritic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001066 destructive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960005156 digoxin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MOAVUYWYFFCBNM-PUGKRICDSA-N digoxin(1-) Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@H]([C@H](C1)O)O)O[C@H]1O[C@H]([C@@H](C)O[C@H](C1)O[C@H]([C@@H](C)O[C@H](C2)O[C@@H](CC3)C[C@@H](CC4)[C@@]3(C)[C@@H](C[C@H]([C@]3(C)[C@H](CC5)C([CH-]O6)=CC6=O)O)[C@@H]4[C@]35O)[C@H]2O)[C@H]1O MOAVUYWYFFCBNM-PUGKRICDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LTMHDMANZUZIPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N digoxine Natural products C1C(O)C(O)C(C)OC1OC1C(C)OC(OC2C(OC(OC3CC4C(C5C(C6(CCC(C6(C)C(O)C5)C=5COC(=O)C=5)O)CC4)(C)CC3)CC2O)C)CC1O LTMHDMANZUZIPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZWWCURLKEXEFQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N dinitrogen pentaoxide Chemical class [O-][N+](=O)O[N+]([O-])=O ZWWCURLKEXEFQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K dioxido-sulfanylidene-sulfido-$l^{5}-phosphane Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([S-])=S NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- QPJFIVIVOOQUKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipyrazino[2,3-f:2,3-h]quinoxaline Chemical group C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CN=C3C3=NC=CN=C3C2=N1 QPJFIVIVOOQUKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940042399 direct acting antivirals protease inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UVTNFZQICZKOEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N disopyramide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=NC=1C(C(N)=O)(CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 UVTNFZQICZKOEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001066 disopyramide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005553 drilling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001746 electroactive polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002848 electrochemical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003934 electrogravimetry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000249 enterotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002242 enterotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000688 enterotoxigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003344 environmental pollutant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960005309 estradiol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930182833 estradiol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethidium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+](CC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005542 ethidium bromide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HAPOVYFOVVWLRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethosuximide Chemical compound CCC1(C)CC(=O)NC1=O HAPOVYFOVVWLRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002767 ethosuximide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol bis(2-aminoethyl)tetraacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCOCCOCCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000816 ethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005281 excited state Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940012952 fibrinogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003517 fume Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000001641 gel filtration chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007614 genetic variation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003205 genotyping method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003292 glue Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003827 glycol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910001922 gold oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910002804 graphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010439 graphite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100001261 hazardous Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 210000003128 head Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019622 heart disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006454 hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000283 hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108010064060 high density lipoprotein receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003054 hormonal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000890 hydrocortisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002847 impedance measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007373 indentation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960003786 inosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002917 insecticide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011810 insulating material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002687 intercalation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000002467 interleukin receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010093036 interleukin receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010681 interleukin-8 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038415 interleukin-8 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940047122 interleukins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004255 ion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- GKOZUEZYRPOHIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N iridium atom Chemical compound [Ir] GKOZUEZYRPOHIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VFQXVTODMYMSMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isonicotinamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=NC=C1 VFQXVTODMYMSMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005956 isoquinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000012804 iterative process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001499 laser induced fluorescence spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- NRYBAZVQPHGZNS-ZSOCWYAHSA-N leptin Chemical compound O=C([C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(C)C)CCSC)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(O)=O NRYBAZVQPHGZNS-ZSOCWYAHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940039781 leptin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010019813 leptin receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005861 leptin receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960004194 lidocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019421 lipase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001459 lithography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003908 liver function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N luminol Chemical compound O=C1NNC(=O)C2=C1C(N)=CC=C2 HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002751 lymph Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012139 lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007403 mPCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006249 magnetic particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006148 magnetic separator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013178 mathematical model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001252 methamphetamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000813 microcontact printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002991 molded plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000329 molecular dynamics simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011733 molybdenum Substances 0.000 description 1
- SHXOKQKTZJXHHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-diethyl-5-iminobenzo[a]phenoxazin-9-amine;hydrochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC=C2C3=NC4=CC=C(N(CC)CC)C=C4OC3=CC(=[NH2+])C2=C1 SHXOKQKTZJXHHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- PGSADBUBUOPOJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N neutral red Chemical compound Cl.C1=C(C)C(N)=CC2=NC3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3N=C21 PGSADBUBUOPOJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001331 nose Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002966 oligonucleotide array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940127240 opiate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003431 oxalo group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Al]O[Al]=O TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQQKPALAQIIWST-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxomolybdenum Chemical compound [Mo]=O PQQKPALAQIIWST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBEQXAKJSGXAIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxopalladium Chemical compound [Pd]=O HBEQXAKJSGXAIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUONHKJOIZSQGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxophosphane Chemical compound P=O AUONHKJOIZSQGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxoplatinum Chemical compound [Pt]=O MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 229910003445 palladium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FIKAKWIAUPDISJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L paraquat dichloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].C1=C[N+](C)=CC=C1C1=CC=[N+](C)C=C1 FIKAKWIAUPDISJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000013610 patient sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003909 pattern recognition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002097 pentamethylcyclopentadienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000816 peptidomimetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002080 perylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=C2C=CC=C3C4=CC=CC5=CC=CC(C1=C23)=C45)* 0.000 description 1
- CSHWQDPOILHKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N peryrene Natural products C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=3C2=C2C=CC=3)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 CSHWQDPOILHKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000575 pesticide Substances 0.000 description 1
- ASBFNPBREVZDOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthrene-9,10-diimine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=N)C(=N)C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 ASBFNPBREVZDOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DDBREPKUVSBGFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenobarbital Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C1(CC)C(=O)NC(=O)NC1=O DDBREPKUVSBGFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphonate Chemical compound [O-]P(=O)=O UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- SXADIBFZNXBEGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoramidous acid Chemical group NP(O)O SXADIBFZNXBEGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004437 phosphorous atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002743 phosphorus functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000000206 photolithography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009832 plasma treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003057 platinum Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910003446 platinum oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 231100000719 pollutant Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010064470 polyaspartate Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920002643 polyglutamic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000656 polylysine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001205 potentiostatic coulometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DQMZLTXERSFNPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N primidone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C1(CC)C(=O)NCNC1=O DQMZLTXERSFNPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002393 primidone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- REQCZEXYDRLIBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N procainamide Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 REQCZEXYDRLIBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000244 procainamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003672 processing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940097325 prolactin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 108010043671 prostatic acid phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012521 purified sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- CVSGFMWKZVZOJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazino[2,3-f]quinoxaline Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CN=C3C=CC2=N1 CVSGFMWKZVZOJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000003908 quality control method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006862 quantum yield reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005493 quinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000004053 quinones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012429 reaction media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002468 redox effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007670 refining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004171 remote diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003252 repetitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002165 resonance energy transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005316 response function Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- MHOVAHRLVXNVSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodium atom Chemical compound [Rh] MHOVAHRLVXNVSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019192 riboflavin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002151 riboflavin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002477 riboflavin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003291 riboses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005096 rolling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- YYMBJDOZVAITBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N rubrene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C(C1=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C2=CC=CC=C2C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C11)=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 YYMBJDOZVAITBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001925 ruthenium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- OARRHUQTFTUEOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N safranin Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=C(N)C(C)=CC2=NC2=CC(C)=C(N)C=C2[N+]=1C1=CC=CC=C1 OARRHUQTFTUEOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SOUHUMACVWVDME-UHFFFAOYSA-N safranin O Chemical compound [Cl-].C12=CC(N)=CC=C2N=C2C=CC(N)=CC2=[N+]1C1=CC=CC=C1 SOUHUMACVWVDME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003296 saliva Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012266 salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005464 sample preparation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052706 scandium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SIXSYDAISGFNSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N scandium atom Chemical compound [Sc] SIXSYDAISGFNSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052711 selenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011669 selenium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000582 semen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000003376 silicon Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002689 soil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012421 spiking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009718 spray deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004544 sputter deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003950 stripping voltammetry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003440 styrenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000004763 sulfides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004354 sulfur functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052715 tantalum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum atom Chemical compound [Ta] GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N technetium atom Chemical compound [Tc] GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JBQYATWDVHIOAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tellanylidenegermanium Chemical compound [Te]=[Ge] JBQYATWDVHIOAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003604 testosterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000383 tetramethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N tgfbeta Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCSC)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000278 theophylline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K thiophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=S RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229960004072 thrombin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036962 time dependent Effects 0.000 description 1
- XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tin dioxide Chemical compound O=[Sn]=O XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001887 tin oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium oxide Inorganic materials [Ti]=O OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012581 transferrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- UNXRWKVEANCORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphosphoric acid Chemical class OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O UNXRWKVEANCORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012588 trypsin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- ZNOKGRXACCSDPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten trioxide Chemical compound O=[W](=O)=O ZNOKGRXACCSDPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712461 unidentified influenza virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940035893 uracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001771 vacuum deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000604 valproic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LEONUFNNVUYDNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N vanadium atom Chemical compound [V] LEONUFNNVUYDNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940118696 vibrio cholerae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108700026220 vif Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003631 wet chemical etching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001018 xanthene dye Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/62—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
- G01N21/63—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
- G01N21/64—Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
- G01N21/645—Specially adapted constructive features of fluorimeters
- G01N21/6452—Individual samples arranged in a regular 2D-array, e.g. multiwell plates
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N35/00—Automatic analysis not limited to methods or materials provided for in any single one of groups G01N1/00 - G01N33/00; Handling materials therefor
- G01N35/00029—Automatic analysis not limited to methods or materials provided for in any single one of groups G01N1/00 - G01N33/00; Handling materials therefor provided with flat sample substrates, e.g. slides
- G01N2035/00099—Characterised by type of test elements
- G01N2035/00158—Elements containing microarrays, i.e. "biochip"
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N35/00—Automatic analysis not limited to methods or materials provided for in any single one of groups G01N1/00 - G01N33/00; Handling materials therefor
- G01N35/08—Automatic analysis not limited to methods or materials provided for in any single one of groups G01N1/00 - G01N33/00; Handling materials therefor using a stream of discrete samples flowing along a tube system, e.g. flow injection analysis
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T436/00—Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing
- Y10T436/11—Automated chemical analysis
Definitions
- the invention is directed to devices that allow for simultaneous multiple biochip analysis.
- the devices are configured to hold multiple cartridges comprising biochips comprising arrays such as nucleic acid arrays, and allow for high throughput analysis of samples.
- biosensors rely on electronic signals for detection.
- biosensors At least two types of biosensors are known; enzyme-based or metabolic biosensors and binding or bioaffinity sensors. See for example U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,713,347; 5,192,507; 4,920,047; 3,873,267; and references disclosed therein. While some of these known sensors use alternating current (AC) techniques, these techniques are generally limited to the detection of differences in bulk (or dielectric) impedance.
- AC alternating current
- nucleic acid biosensors There are a variety of nucleic acid biosensors currently known. These include nucleic acid biochips based on fluorescent detection; see for example materials developed by Affymetrix (including, but not limited to, 5,800,992, 5,445,934, 5,744,305, and related patents and materials), Nanogen (including, but not limited to, 5,532,129, 5,605,662, 5,565,322 and 5,632,957 and related patents and materials), Southern (EP 0 373 023 B1) and Synteni/Incyte (WO 95/35505 and related patents and materials).
- Affymetrix including, but not limited to, 5,800,992, 5,445,934, 5,744,305, and related patents and materials
- Nanogen including, but not limited to, 5,532,129, 5,605,662, 5,565,322 and 5,632,957 and related patents and materials
- Southern EP 0 373 023 B1
- Synteni/Incyte WO 95/35505 and related patents and
- FIG. 1 is of the cartridge with the rubber gasket in the inlet port.
- FIG. 2 depicts a number of different reaction chamber geometries.
- FIGS. 3-15 depict preferred embodiments of the invention.
- FIG. 16 depicts a sine wave and its corresponding vector notation.
- FIG. 17 depicts a vector notation in four configurations.
- FIGS. 18 and 19 are examples of R and ⁇ traces for fourth harmonic AC voltammetry (ACV-4).
- FIGS. 20 and 21 depict examples of traces of scans with a smaller signal.
- FIGS. 22 and 23 depict graphs of the same examples shown in FIGS. 20 and 21 but now as (X,Y).
- FIGS. 24 and 25 depict graphs of the same examples shown in FIGS. 20 and 21 but now as (X,Y).
- FIG. 26 depicts a two-dimensional graph plot of the tip of the data vector as a function of voltage.
- FIGS. 27-28 depicts a graph choosing a frame of reference such that the X and Y axes straddle the signal.
- FIGS. 29-30 depicts a graph choosing an axis pair that is roughly parallel and perpendicular to the signal (rotated 45° with respect to the axes drawn in the graph at the top of the page).
- FIG. 31 depicts a grouping of three points.
- FIG. 32 depicts a summation of the three points of FIG. 31 .
- FIG. 33 depicts the three points of FIG. 31 illustrating that we see how the three sample data points of FIG. 31 cluster around the line.
- FIGS. 34 and 35 depict the result if an small data point is added to the group of FIG. 31 .
- FIG. 37 depicts the result of taking the data shown in FIG. 26 and calculating the optimal phase using the data as shown in FIG. 36 , the resulting line being overlaid on the original data.
- FIG. 38 depicts the result of FIG. 37 when orientating the signal differently relative to the dividing line between rotated and unrotated segments, in particular illustrating the calculated result when taking the signal of FIG. 37 and rotating it 101 degrees clockwise.
- FIG. 39 depicts the case of FIG. 38 with a resulting angle of 10 degrees where the vectoral sum of the absolute value of the coordinates of a signal is more along 0 degrees.
- FIG. 40 depicts rotation of the signal of FIG. 39 from the far side of the 90 degree axis.
- FIG. 41 depicts the phase of the entire scan is mostly along 120 °.
- FIGS. 42 and 43 approximate the background by performing the rapid calculations necessary to fit polynomials to the entire scan (one each along the 0 and 90 ° axes).
- FIGS. 44 and 45 depict the approximation to the background of FIGS. 42 and 43 after subtraction, converting the scan into something that is much more purely signal.
- FIG. 46 depicts FIGS. 44 and 45 as a two dimensional plot.
- FIG. 47 shows an example of sharp peak caused by the stripping of a metallic contaminant in AC voltammetry (fourth harmonic) displayed in R-space.
- FIGS. 48 and 49 depict X and Y (at ⁇ 45 ° from the optimal phase) the sharp spike feature of FIG. 47 .
- FIGS. 50 and 51 depict subtraction of a polynomial from the Y trace of FIGS. 48 and 49 , illustrating one quick but rough method of monitoring this symmetry by separating out an approximate background (as we had done to determine the optimal phase) and then comparing the distribution of points above the baseline with the distribution below.
- FIG. 52 depicts the distribution of data above and below the approximated background, illustrating that the presence of the spike causes a larger range of values to exist below the background line than above it.
- FIGS. 53-55 depict one process of estimating the remaining parameters of signal position and signal height for a signal 11.9 tall at a position of 0.20 with a center lobe separation of 0.072.
- FIGS. 56 and 57 depict the initial guess using the procedure of FIGS. 53-55 illustrating that the initial guess will remain 11.6 tall at a position of 0.20 with an unusual peak off to one side that's slightly taller than the signal itself.
- FIG. 58 is the overlay of a real data trace and the corresponding initial guess of the above.
- FIG. 60 depicts the shape when using the following equation:
- E ′ E + k 1 ⁇ [ arctan ⁇ ( a - a _ c ) ] 2
- FIG. 61 depicts other shapes using the case of our ACV-4- center lobe pairs (described previously).
- FIG. 62 depicts a graph of a signal to be judged if the fit has too much error, that is, to make sure that we've locked into a real signal.
- FIG. 63 is the R composite ⁇ X 2 +Y 2 .
- FIG. 64 depicts the R composite with the background polynomials subtracted ⁇ (X - X background ) 2 +(Y - Y background ) 2 .
- FIG. 65 shows the filtered, signal-like noise is drawn on top of the residual (Raw) from the previous example.
- FIG. 66 is the original data for scans with signals.
- FIG. 67 is the data with the background subtracted, illustrating using the model as a guide we can use the fit parameters to calculate the equation for the background alone and subtract this from the data, for example, in ACV-4 we can subtract the polynomial X and in Y.
- the present invention is directed to devices designed to receive and analyze a plurality of biochips, each comprising an array of biological moieties, such as nucleic acids or proteins, to allow high throughput analysis and detection of target analytes in samples.
- a number of samples can be simultaneously analyzed, or multiple assays can be run on a single sample.
- the devices comprise a number of cartridge stations that are configured to receive the biochips, with different types of biochips allowing different types of components.
- the stations can include a wide variety of different components, including thermocontrollers, signaling systems, sensors for leak detection, alphanumeric displays, and detectors.
- Preferred embodiments include the use of biochips comprising electrodes that rely on electrochemical detection, and thus the devices and/or stations can comprise device boards and processors.
- the biochip cartridges include substrates comprising the arrays of biomolecules, and can be configured in a variety of ways.
- the chips can include reaction chambers with inlet and outlet ports for the introduction and removal of reagents.
- the cartridges can include caps or lids that have microfluidic components, such that the sample can be introduced, reagents added, reactions done, and then the sample is added to the reaction chamber comprising the array for detection.
- the present invention provides compositions and methods for detecting the presence or absence of target analytes in samples.
- the sample solution may comprise any number of things, including, but not limited to, bodily fluids (including, but not limited to, blood, urine, serum, lymph, saliva, anal and vaginal secretions, perspiration and semen, of virtually any organism, with mammalian samples being preferred and human samples being particularly preferred); environmental samples (including, but not limited to, air, agricultural, water and soil samples); biological warfare agent samples; research samples (i.e.
- the sample may be the products of an amplification reaction, including both target and signal amplification as is generally described in PCT/US99/01705, such as PCR amplification reaction); purified samples, such as purified genomic DNA, RNA, proteins, etc.; raw samples (bacteria, virus, genomic DNA, etc.); as will be appreciated by those in the art, virtually any experimental manipulation may have been done on the sample.
- an amplification reaction including both target and signal amplification as is generally described in PCT/US99/01705, such as PCR amplification reaction
- purified samples such as purified genomic DNA, RNA, proteins, etc.
- raw samples bacteria, virus, genomic DNA, etc.
- target analyte or “analyte” or grammatical equivalents herein is meant any molecule or compound to be detected and that can bind to a binding species, defined below.
- Suitable analytes include, but not limited to, small chemical molecules such as environmental or clinical chemical or pollutant or biomolecule, including, but not limited to, pesticides, insecticides, toxins, therapeutic and abused drugs, hormones, antibiotics, antibodies, organic materials, etc.
- Suitable biomolecules include, but are not limited to, proteins (including enzymes, immunoglobulins and glycoproteins), nucleic acids, lipids, lectins, carbohydrates, hormones, whole cells (including procaryotic (such as pathogenic bacteria) and eucaryotic cells, including mammalian tumor cells), viruses, spores, etc.
- proteins including enzymes, immunoglobulins and glycoproteins
- nucleic acids including lipids, lectins, carbohydrates, hormones, whole cells (including procaryotic (such as pathogenic bacteria) and eucaryotic cells, including mammalian tumor cells), viruses, spores, etc.
- Particularly preferred analytes are proteins including enzymes; drugs, cells; antibodies; antigens; cellular membrane antigens and receptors (neural, hormonal, nutrient, and cell surface receptors) or their ligands.
- the target analyte is a protein.
- proteins or grammatical equivalents herein is meant proteins, oligopeptides and peptides, derivatives and analogs, including proteins containing non-naturally occurring amino acids and amino acid analogs, and peptidomimetic structures.
- the side chains may be in either the (R) or the (S) configuration.
- the amino acids are in the (S) or L-configuration.
- Suitable protein target analytes include, but are not limited to, (1) immunoglobulins, particularly IgEs, IgGs and IgMs, and particularly therapeutically or diagnostically relevant antibodies, including but not limited to, for example, antibodies to human albumin, apolipoproteins (including apolipoprotein E), human chorionic gonadotropin, cortisol, ⁇ -fetoprotein, thyroxin, thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH), antithrombin, antibodies to pharmaceuticals (including antieptileptic drugs (phenyloin, primidone, carbariezepin, ethosuximide, valproic acid, and phenobarbitol), cardioactive drugs (digoxin, lidocaine, procainamide, and disopyramide), bronchodilators (theophylline), antibiotics (chloramphenicol, sulfonamides), antidepressants, immunosuppresants, abused drugs (amphetamine, methamphetamine, cann
- any target analyte for which a binding ligand, described below, may be made may be detected using the methods of the invention.
- the target analytes are nucleic acids.
- nucleic acid or “oligonucleotide” or grammatical equivalents herein means at least two nucleotides covalently linked together.
- a nucleic acid of the present invention will generally contain phosphodiester bonds, although in some cases, as outlined below, nucleic acid analogs are included that may have alternate backbones, comprising, for example, phosphoramide (Beaucage et al., Tetrahedron 49(10):1925 (1993) and references therein; Letsinger, J. Org. Chem. 35:3800 (1970); Sblul et al., Eur. J. Biochem.
- nucleic acid analogs may find use in the present invention.
- mixtures of naturally occurring nucleic acids and analogs can be made; for example, at the site of conductive oligomer or ETM attachment, an analog structure may be used.
- mixtures of different nucleic acid analogs, and mixtures of naturally occurring nucleic acids and analogs may be made.
- PNA peptide nucleic acids
- These backbones are substantially non-ionic under neutral conditions, in contrast to the highly charged phosphodiester backbone of naturally occurring nucleic acids. This results in two advantages.
- the PNA backbone exhibits improved hybridization kinetics. PNAs have larger changes in the melting temperature (Tm) for mismatched versus perfectly matched basepairs. DNA and RNA typically exhibit a 2-4° C. drop in Tm for an internal mismatch. With the non-ionic PNA backbone, the drop is closer to 7-9° C.
- hybridization of the bases attached to these backbones is relatively insensitive to salt concentration. This is particularly advantageous in the systems of the present invention, as a reduced salt hybridization solution has a lower Faradaic current than a physiological salt solution (in the range of 150 mM).
- the nucleic acids may be single stranded or double stranded, as specified, or contain portions of both double stranded or single stranded sequence.
- the nucleic acid may be DNA, both genomic and cDNA, RNA or a hybrid, where the nucleic acid contains any combination of deoxyribo- and ribo-nucleotides, and any combination of bases, including uracil, adenine, thymine, cytosine, guanine, inosine, xathanine hypoxathanine, isocytosine, isoguanine, etc.
- nucleoside includes nucleotides as well as nucleoside and nucleotide analogs, and modified nucleosides such as amino modified nucleosides.
- nucleoside includes non-naturally occurring analog structures. Thus for example the individual units of a peptide nucleic acid, each containing a base, are referred to herein as a nucleoside.
- the target analyte is a target sequence.
- target sequence or “target nucleic acid” or grammatical equivalents herein means a nucleic acid sequence on a single strand of nucleic acid.
- the target sequence may be a portion of a gene, a regulatory sequence, genomic DNA, cDNA, RNA including mRNA and rRNA, or others.
- the target sequence may be a target sequence from a sample, or a secondary target such as a product of an amplification reaction, etc. It may be any length, with the understanding that longer sequences are more specific.
- the complementary target sequence may take many forms.
- probes are made to hybridize to target sequences to determine the presence or absence of the target sequence in a sample.
- the target sequence may also be comprised of different target domains; for example, a first target domain of the sample target sequence may hybridize to a capture probe or a portion of capture extender probe, a second target domain may hybridize to a portion of an amplifier probe, a label probe, or a different capture or capture extender probe, etc.
- the target domains may be adjacent or separated as indicated.
- the terms “first” and “second” are not meant to confer an orientation of the sequences with respect to the 5′-3′ orientation of the target sequence.
- the first target domain may be located either 5′ to the second domain, or 3′ to the second domain.
- Suitable target analytes include biomolecules associated with: (1) viruses, including but not limited to, orthomyxoviruses, (e.g. influenza virus), paramyxoviruses (e.g respiratory syncytial virus, mumps virus, measles virus), adenoviruses, rhinoviruses, coronaviruses, reoviruses, togaviruses (e.g. rubella virus), parvoviruses, poxviruses (e.g. variola virus, vaccinia virus), enteroviruses (e.g. poliovirus, coxsackievirus), hepatitis viruses (including A, B and C), herpesviruses (e.g.
- viruses including but not limited to, orthomyxoviruses, (e.g. influenza virus), paramyxoviruses (e.g respiratory syncytial virus, mumps virus, measles virus), adenoviruses, rhinoviruses, cor
- Enterotoxigenic E. coli Shigella , e.g. S. dysenteriae; Salmonella , e.g. S. typhi; Mycobacterium e.g. M. tuberculosis, M. leprae; Clostridium , e.g. C. botulinum, C. tetani, C. difficile , C. perfringens; Cornyebacterium, e.g. C. diphtheriae; Streptococcus, S. pyogenes, S. pneumoniae; Staphylococcus , e.g. S. aureus; Haemophilus , e.g. H.
- influenzae influenzae
- Neisseria e.g. N. meningitidis, N. gonorrhoeae
- Yersinia e.g. G. lamblia Y. pestis, Pseudomonas , e.g. P. aeruginosa, P. putida
- Chlamydia e.g. C. trachomatis
- Bordetella e.g. B. pertussis
- Treponema e.g. T. palladium ; and the like.
- Suitable target analytes include, but are not limited to, (1) enzymes (and other proteins), including but not limited to, enzymes used as indicators of or treatment for heart disease, including creatine kinase, lactate dehydrogenase, aspartate amino transferase, troponin T, myoglobin, fibrinogen, cholesterol, triglycerides, thrombin, tissue plasminogen activator (tPA); pancreatic disease indicators including amylase, lipase, chymotrypsin and trypsin; liver function enzymes and proteins including cholinesterase, bilirubin, and alkaline phosphotase; aldolase, prostatic acid phosphatase, terminal deoxynucleotidyl transferase, and bacterial and viral enzymes such as HIV protease; (2) hormones and cytokines (many of which serve as ligands for cellular receptors) such as erythropoietin (EPO), thrombo
- Suitable target analytes include carbohydrates, including but not limited to, markers for breast cancer (CA15-3, CA 549, CA 27.29), mucin-like carcinoma associated antigen (MCA), ovarian cancer (CA125), pancreatic cancer (DE-PAN-2), prostate cancer (PSA), CEA, and colorectal and pancreatic cancer (CA 19, CA 50, CA242).
- Suitable target analytes include metal ions, particularly heavy and/or toxic metals, including but not limited to, aluminum, arsenic, cadmium, selenium, cobalt, copper, chromium, lead, silver and nickel.
- the methods of the invention are used to detect pathogens such as bacteria.
- preferred target sequences include rRNA, as is generally described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,851,330; 5,288,611; 5,723,597; 6,641,632; 5,738,987; 5,830,654; 5,763,163; 5,738,989; 5,738,988; 5,723,597; 5,714,324; 5,582,975; 5,747,252; 5,567,587; 5,558,990; 5,622,827; 5,514,551; 5,501,951; 5,656,427; 5.352.579; 5,683,870; 5,374,718; 5,292,874; 5,780,219; 5,030,557; and 5,541,308, all of which are expressly incorporated by reference.
- analytes may be detected using the present methods; basically, any target analyte for which a binding ligand, described below, may be made may be detected using the methods of the invention. While many of the techniques described below exemplify nucleic acids as the target analyte, those of skill in the art will recognize that other target analytes can be detected using the same systems.
- the target analyte is prepared using known techniques.
- the sample may be treated to lyse the cells, using known lysis buffers, electroporation, etc., with purification and/or amplification as needed, as will be appreciated by those in the art.
- the target analyte is a nucleic acid
- the target sequence may be amplified as required; suitable amplification techniques are outlined in PCT US99/01705, hereby expressly incorporated by reference.
- techniques to increase the amount or rate of hybridization can also be used; see for example WO 99/67425 and U.S. Ser. Nos. 09/440,371 and 60/171,981, all of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
- the samples comprising the target analytes can be added to cartridges comprising the biochips as is outlined in greater detail below.
- “cartridge” herein is meant a casing or housing for the biochip.
- the cartridge can take on a number of configurations and can be made of a variety of materials. Suitable materials include, but are not limited to, fiberglass, teflon, ceramics, glass, silicon, mica, plastic (including acrylics, polystyrene and copolymers of styrene and other materials, polypropylene, polyethylene, polybutylene, polycarbonate, polyurethanes, TeflonTM, and derivatives thereof, etc.), etc. Particularly preferred cartridge materials. are plastic (including polycarbonate and polyproplylene) and glass.
- the cartridge can comprise a number of components, including reaction chambers, inlet and outlet ports, heating elements including thermoelectric components, RF antennae, electromagnetic components, memory chips, sealing components such as gaskets, electronic components including interconnects, multiplexers, processors, etc.
- the cartridge comprises a reaction chamber.
- the reaction chamber comprises a space or volume that allows the contacting of the sample to the biochip array.
- the volume of the reaction chamber can vary depending on the size of the array and the assay being done. In general, reaction chamber ranges from 1 nL to about 1 mL, with from about 1 to about 250 ⁇ l being preferred and from about 10 to about 100 ⁇ l being especially preferred. In some embodiments, to avoid the introduction of air bubbles into the reaction chamber (which can be disruptive to detection), the reaction chamber is less than the size of the sample to be introduced, to allow a slight overflow and thus ensure that the reaction chamber contains little or no air.
- the reaction chamber of the cartridge comprises an inlet port for the introduction of the sample to be analyzed.
- the inlet port may optionally comprise a seal to prevent or reduce the evaporation of the sample or reagents from the reaction chamber.
- the seal comprises a gasket, through which a pipette or syringe can be pushed.
- the gasket can be rubber or silicone or other suitable materials.
- the reaction chamber can be configured in a variety of ways.
- the reaction chamber is configured to minimize the introduction or retention of air bubbles or other sample impurities.
- the inlet port allows the flow of fluid sample into the “bottom” of the reaction chamber, to allow the escape of air or fluid through the “top” of the reaction chamber, for example through an outlet port.
- the reaction chamber further comprises an outlet port to allow air or excess sample to exit the reaction chamber.
- the outlet port vents to either a waste storage well, as is further described below, to an external surface of the chip or cartridge, or, in a preferred embodiment, back into the inlet port.
- a preferred embodiment utilizes a system wherein the exit port vents to the inlet port, preferably above the point of loading.
- the tip of the pipette extends below the exit port, such that air from the exit port is not introduced into the reaction chamber.
- the materials of the cartridge housing and biochip can be chosen to be similar in hydrophobicity or hydrophilicity, to avoid the creation of air bubbles.
- reaction chamber/inlet and/or outlet ports optionally include the use of valves.
- a semi-permeable membrane or filter may be used, that preferentially allows the escape of gas but retains the sample fluid in the chamber.
- porous teflons such as GortexTM allow air but not fluids to penetrate.
- reaction chamber geometries which can be used in this way. Generally having the intersection of the inlet port and the reaction chamber be at the “bottom” of the cartridge, with a small aperture, with the reaction chamber widening, is preferred. In addition, the “top” of the reaction chamber may narrow, as well.
- FIG. 2 Several embodiments are depicted in FIG. 2 . Thus, preferred embodiments for the size and shape of the reaction chamber allow for smooth loading of the reaction chamber. Preferred embodiments utilize reaction chamber geometries that avoid the use of sharp corners or other components that serve as points for bubble formation.
- the reaction chamber can be configured to allow mixing of the sample.
- the inlet port and/or the reaction chamber can comprise weirs, channels or other components to maximize the mixing of the sample and reagent.
- the reaction may utilize magnetic beads for mixing and/or separation.
- the cartridge comprises a sealing mechanism to prevent leakage of the sample or reagents onto other parts of the substrate, particularly (in the case of electronic detection) onto electronic interconnects.
- a sealing mechanism to prevent leakage of the sample or reagents onto other parts of the substrate, particularly (in the case of electronic detection) onto electronic interconnects.
- this may take on a variety of different forms.
- there is a gasket between the biochip substrate comprising the array and the cartridge, comprising sheets, tubes or strips.
- the housing may comprise an indentation or channel into which the gasket fits, and then the housing, gasket and chip are clamped together.
- adhesives can be used to attach the gasket to the cartridge, for example, a double sided adhesive can be used; for example, silicone, acrylic and combination adhesives can be used to attach the gasket to the biochip, which is then clamped into the cartridge as described herein.
- the reaction chamber and biochip substrate are configured such that a separate sealing mechanism is not required.
- the biochip substrate can serve as one “half” of the reaction chamber, with the array on the inside, and the reaction chamber housing can serve as the other “half”.
- the housing may encompass the substrate.
- the volume of the reaction chamber can be set either by forming a well in the cartridge, such that the addition of the biochip substrate forms a reaction chamber around the array, or by using a flat cartridge and using a gasket of a defined depth, or by combinations of the two.
- the cartridge comprises a cap or lid.
- the cap may be functional, as outlined below when it comprises microfluidic components.
- the cap may be designed for safety purposes, to prevent the leakage of biological materials or cross-contamination.
- the cap can take on a wide variety of configurations.
- the cap merely seals the inlet port to prevent evaporation of the sample during the assay.
- the cap may comprise a number of additional elements for use in sample handling and reagent storage, to allow for a variety of different sample reactions.
- microfluidic components can be built into the cap to effect a number of manipulations on a sample to ultimately result in target analyte detection or quantitation. See generally PCT US00/10903, and references outlined therein, all of which are expressly incorporated by reference. These manipulations can include cell handling (cell concentration, cell lysis, cell removal, cell separation, etc.), separation of the desired target analyte from other sample components, chemical or enzymatic reactions on the target analyte, detection of the target analyte, etc.
- the devices of the invention can include one or more wells for sample manipulation, waste or reagents; microchannels (sometimes referred to as flow channels) to and between these wells, including microchannels containing electrophoretic separation matrices; valves to control fluid movement; on-chip pumps such as electroosmotic, electrohydrodynamic, or electrokinetic pumps.
- portions of the internal surfaces of the device may be coated with a variety of coatings as needed, to reduce non-specific binding, to allow the attachment of binding ligands, for biocompatibility, for flow resistance, etc.
- These microfluidic caps can be made in a variety of ways, as will be appreciated by those in the art. See for example references described in PCT US00/10903, and references outlined therein, all of which are expressly incorporated by reference.
- the cap of the cartridge When the cap of the cartridge is used as part of the assay, it may be configured to include one or more of a variety of components, herein referred to as “modules”, that will be present on any given device depending on its use, and are connected as required by microchannels.
- These modules include, but are not limited to: sample inlet ports; sample introduction or collection modules; cell handling modules (for example, for cell lysis, cell removal, cell concentration, cell separation or capture, cell growth, etc.); separation modules, for example, for electrophoresis, dielectrophoresis, gel filtration, ion exchange/affinity chromatography (capture and release) etc.; reaction modules for chemical or biological alteration of the sample, including amplification of the target analyte (for example, when the target analyte is nucleic acid, amplification techniques are useful, including, but not limited to polymerase chain reaction (PCR), oligonucleotide ligation assay (OLA); strand displacement amplification (SDA), and nucleic acid sequence based amplification (NASBA) and other techniques outlined in WO 99/37819 and PCT US00/19889), chemical, physical or enzymatic cleavage or alteration of the target analyte, or chemical modification of the target; fluid pumps (including
- microfluidic components are described herein as being associated with the cap of the cartridge, as will be appreciated by those in the art, these modules and channels (as well as other components outlined herein) may be located anywhere in the cartridge or device.
- some components may be in the device; for example, “off chip” pumps may be located within one or more stations of the device.
- the cartridge comprises at least one biochip, with some embodiments utilizing one or more biochips per cartridge.
- biochip or equivalents herein is meant a substrate comprising an array of distinct biomolecules, particularly nucleic acids and proteins.
- suitable nucleic acid biochips including those made using photolithographic techniques (such as the Affymetrix GeneChipTM), spotting techniques (e.g. Synteni and Incyte), prining techniques (Agilent and Rosetta), three dimensional “gel pad” arrays, and those including electronic components (e.g. Nanogen).
- photolithographic techniques such as the Affymetrix GeneChipTM
- spotting techniques e.g. Synteni and Incyte
- prining techniques e.g. Synteni and Incyte
- three dimensional “gel pad” arrays e.g. Nanogen
- one distinct advantage of the use of the electronic detection methods outlined herein is that real time monitoring of reactions and hybridization can occur. That is, while systems based on fluorescence require the removal of excess (e.g. unbound) signaling probes (or target sequences when the target sequence itself has been fluorescently labeled during an amplification reaction, for example), the electronic methods outlined herein do not. That is, unless the probes comprising the ETMs are bound to the surface, little or no signal is seen even if unbound probes have not been removed. This allows the monitoring of real-time reactions, as well as multiple measurements on the same array. Accordingly, while the discussion below is directed mainly to the use of biochips comprising an array of electrodes, other array technologies are included in the present invention.
- the biochips comprise substrates with a plurality of array locations.
- substrate or “solid support” or other grammatical equivalents herein is meant any material that can be modified to contain discrete individual sites appropriate of the attachment or association of capture ligands.
- Suitable substrates include metal surfaces such as gold, electrodes as defined below, glass and modified or functionalized glass, fiberglass, teflon, ceramics, mica, plastic (including acrylics, polystyrene and copolymers of styrene and other materials, polypropylene, polyethylene, polybutylene, polyimide, polycarbonate, polyurethanes, TeflonTM, and derivatives thereof, etc.), GETEK (a blend of polypropylene oxide and fiberglass), etc, polysaccharides, nylon or nitrocellulose, resins, silica or silica-based materials including silicon and modified silicon, carbon, metals, inorganic glasses and a variety of other polymers, with printed circuit board (PCB) materials being particularly preferred.
- PCB printed circuit board
- array herein is meant a plurality of capture ligands in an array format; the size of the array will depend on the composition and end use of the array. Arrays containing from about 2 different capture ligands to many thousands can be made. Generally, the array will comprise from two to as many as 100,000 or more, depending on the size of the electrodes, as well as the end use of the array. Preferred ranges are from about 2 to about 10,000, with from about 5 to about 1000 being preferred, and from about 10 to about 100 being particularly preferred.
- compositions of the invention may not be in array format; that is, for some embodiments, compositions comprising a single capture ligand may be made as well.
- multiple substrates may be used, either of different or identical compositions.
- large arrays may comprise a plurality of smaller substrates.
- the biochip comprises a substrate with at least one surface comprising an array, and in a preferred embodiment, an array of electrodes.
- electrode herein is meant a composition, which, when connected to an electronic device, is able to sense a current or charge and convert it to a signal.
- an electrode can be defined as a composition which can apply a potential to and/or pass electrons to or from species in the solution.
- an electrode is an ETM as described herein.
- Preferred electodes include, but are not limited to, certain metals and their oxides, including gold; platinum; palladium; silicon; aluminum; metal oxide electrodes including platinum oxide, titanium oxide, tin oxide, indium tin oxide, palladium oxide, silicon oxide, aluminum oxide, molybdenum oxide (Mo2O6), tungsten oxide (WO3) and ruthenium oxides; and carbon (including glassy carbon electrodes, graphite and carbon paste).
- Preferred electrodes include gold, silicon, carbon and metal oxide electrodes, with gold being particularly preferred.
- the electrodes described herein are depicted as a flat surface, which is only one of the possible conformations of the electrode and is for schematic purposes only.
- the conformation of the electrode will vary with the detection method used and the configuration of the cartridge.
- flat planar electrodes may be preferred for optical detection methods, or when arrays of nucleic acids are made, thus requiring addressable locations for both synthesis and detection.
- the electrode may be in the form of a tube; this allows a maximum of surface area containing the nucleic acids to be exposed to a small volume of sample.
- the detection electrodes are formed on a substrate.
- the discussion herein is generally directed to the formation of gold electrodes, but as will be appreciated by those in the art, other electrodes can be used as well.
- the substrate can comprise a wide variety of materials, as outlined above.
- circuit board materials are those that comprise an insulating substrate that is coated with a conducting layer and processed using lithography techniques, particularly photolithography techniques, to form the patterns of electrodes and interconnects (sometimes referred to in the art as interconnections or leads).
- the insulating substrate is generally, but not always, a polymer.
- one or a plurality of layers may be used, to make either “two dimensional” (e.g. all electrodes and interconnections in a plane) or “three dimensional” (wherein the electrodes are on one surface and the interconnects may go through the board to the other side or wherein electrodes are on a plurality of surfaces) boards.
- Circuit board materials are often provided with a foil already attached to the substrate, such as a copper foil, with additional copper added as needed (for example for interconnections), for example by electroplating.
- the copper surface may then need to be roughened, for example through etching, to allow attachment of the adhesion layer.
- the present invention provides biochips (sometimes referred to herein “chips”) that comprise substrates comprising a plurality of electrodes, preferably gold electrodes.
- the number of electrodes is as outlined for arrays.
- Each electrode preferably comprises a self-assembled monolayer as outlined herein.
- one of the monolayer-forming species comprises a capture ligand as outlined herein.
- each electrode has an interconnection, that is attached to the electrode at one end and is ultimately attached to a device that can control the electrode. That is, each electrode is independently addressable.
- Detection electrodes on circuit board material are generally prepared in a wide variety of ways.
- high purity gold is used, and it may be deposited on a surface via vacuum deposition processes (sputtering and evaporation) or solution deposition (electroplating or electroless processes).
- the substrate When electroplating is done, the substrate must initially comprise a conductive material; fiberglass circuit boards are frequently provided with copper foil.
- an adhesion layer between the substrate and the gold in order to insure good mechanical stability is used.
- preferred embodiments utilize a deposition layer of an adhesion metal such as chromium, titanium, titanium/tungsten, tantalum, nickel or palladium, which can be deposited as above for the gold.
- grain refining additives When electroplated metal (either the adhesion metal or the electrode metal) is used, grain refining additives, frequently referred to in the trade as brighteners, can optionally be added to alter surface deposition properties.
- Preferred brighteners are mixtures of organic and inorganic species, with cobalt and nickel being preferred.
- the adhesion layer is from about 100 ⁇ thick to about 25 microns (1000 microinches).
- the electrode metal preferably gold
- the electrode metal is deposited at thicknesses ranging from about 500 ⁇ to about 5 microns (200 microinches), with from about 30 microinches to about 50 microinches being preferred.
- the gold is deposited to make electrodes ranging in size from about 5 microns to about 5 mm in diameter, with about 100 to 250 microns being preferred.
- the detection electrodes thus formed are then preferably cleaned and SAMs added, as is discussed below.
- the present invention provides methods of making a substrate comprising a plurality of gold electrodes.
- the methods first comprise coating an adhesion metal, such as nickel or palladium (optionally with brightener), onto the substrate. Electroplating is preferred.
- the electrode metal preferably gold, is then coated (again, with electroplating preferred) onto the adhesion metal.
- the patterns of the device, comprising the electrodes and their associated interconnections are made using lithographic techniques, particularly photolithographic techniques as are known in the art, and wet chemical etching.
- a non-conductive chemically resistive insulating material such as solder mask or plastic is laid down using these photolithographic techniques, leaving only the electrodes and a connection point to the leads exposed; the leads themselves are generally coated.
- the solder mask is desirably made of a solvent soluble material rather than a water soluble material.
- Water soluble solder masks have become standard in the industry because of the environmental advantages of water soluble materials generally. Unfortunately, for a detector chip that is to be exposed to aqueous solutions, water soluble materials such as for example acetonitrile can dissolve when exposed to aqueous solution.
- drop deposition techniques are used to add the required chemistry, i.e. the monolayer forming species, one of which is preferably a capture ligand comprising species.
- Drop deposition techniques are well known for making “spot” arrays. This is done to add a different composition to each electrode, i.e. to make an array comprising different capture ligands.
- the SAM species may be identical for each electrode, and this may be accomplished using a drop deposition technique or the immersion of the entire substrate or a surface of the substrate into the solution.
- the biochips comprise electrodes
- additional components in addition to the chemistry outlined below, which may be present on the chip, including, but not limited to, interconnects, multiplexers, relay devices, filters, RF antennae, heating elements, electromagnetic components, etc.
- Each electrode comprises an independent lead (interconnect) to transmit input and electronic response signals for each electrode of the array.
- interconnect an independent lead to transmit input and electronic response signals for each electrode of the array.
- each electrode is individually connected to a corresponding input of a multiplexer via a corresponding interconnector.
- One problem presented in conventional systems and methods is the difficulty in providing electrical connections (inputs and/or outputs) to a large number of electrodes, particularly if the electrodes form a dense or close packed array.
- Several solutions to this problem have been identified, and include the use of circuitry that allows signal processing either simultaneously as sets of parallel circuits and connections, line-sample array addressing, serially in a time-domain multiplexed manner, or in parallel or serially using frequency domain and/or time-domain based separation techniques, among other available techniques, as are outlined herein.
- a preferred method to connect a first multiplicity of circuits or lines on the chip to a smaller plurality of lines at a connector leading from the chip are to use a switching device such as a multiplexer (MUX) or relays to selectively couple circuits on the chip or board with circuits off the board.
- a switching device such as a multiplexer (MUX) or relays to selectively couple circuits on the chip or board with circuits off the board.
- MUX multiplexer
- the number of multiplexers will depend on the number of electrodes in the array.
- a single MUX is utilized.
- a plurality of MUXs are used. This can be done in a variety of ways, as will be appreciated by those in the art; in one embodiment, “sectors” of electrodes are assigned to a particular MUX; thus for example, rows or columns of the array may each have their own MUX.
- submultiplexers are used; for example, a column or row is connected to a respective sub-multiplexer, with the sub-multiplexer outputs going to another submultiplexer.
- the multiplexer includes a binary counter which receives the control signal via the connector pad.
- the control signal is preferably a pulsed signal such as a clock signal and generates a sequential count to drive the decoders.
- another way to connect a multiplicity of electrodes on the substrate to a smaller number of connector pads leading “off chip” is to use row-column select signals to allow the selection of individual electrodes.
- Diffusion rates may play a more important role than when the reaction occurs in solution. It is important to understand when or over what period of time the reaction takes place so that the measurements are taken at the appropriate time. This may be particularly important if an intermediate reaction product is to be sensed, or if a series of measurements are desirable, for example to do reaction kinetics.
- Reaction kinetics are also an important consideration for the driving signals. Biosensors are limited by the chemical kinetics.
- each molecule has a maximum speed or velocity in the medium.
- the molecules may typically be actively driven or moved in solution at frequencies between about 1 Hz and 10 kHz, more typically between about 5 Hz and 5 kHz. At higher frequencies, the molecules only vibrate, while at lower frequencies the movement is not particularly useful.
- an assay volume that is the accessible volume of the assay, associated with each driving signal frequency. As the frequency increases, the assay volume shrinks in size and volume. This has implication for the distribution of electrodes and the driving signal frequency.
- reaction medium such as solution components, sample components, reaction components, etc.
- the electrodes will degrade, become passivated, or otherwise change over time thereby affecting the accuracy and uniformity of measurements. Under such conditions it is desirable to perform the sensing, measurement, or analysis quickly, or at least according to predetermined timings so that the data collected will be properly interpreted.
- one or more preamplifiers are used.
- the preamplifier can be on the surface of the substrate, e.g. “on board” or “on chip”, or may be provided in circuitry external to the array chip. It is preferable, however, that the preamplifier be included on the substrate to increase the signal-to-noise ratio of the signal provided to the external circuitry.
- each individual electrode has an associated preamplifier.
- the array is divided into “sectors”, wherein a subset of the electrodes in the array have an associated MUX and preamplifier.
- other components of the invention may be associated with sectors.
- impedance matching is done.
- filters are used, including, but not limited to, time domain filters and a frequency domain filters, and combinations.
- the electrodes of the invention in preferred embodiments comprise self-assembled monolayers (SAMs).
- SAMs self-assembled monolayers
- the compositions of these SAMs will vary with the detection method used. In general, there are two basic detection mechanisms. In a preferred embodiment, detection of an ETM is based on electron transfer through the stacked n-orbitals of double stranded nucleic acid. This basic mechanism is described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,591,578, 5,770,369, 5,705,348, and PCT US97/20014 and is termed “mechanism-1” herein.
- the ETM can be detected, not necessarily via electron transfer through nucleic acid, but rather can be directly detected on an electrode comprising a SAM; that is, the electrons from the ETMs need not travel through the stacked n orbitals in order to generate a signal.
- the detection electrode preferably comprises a self-assembled monolayer (SAM) that serves to shield the electrode from redox-active species in the sample.
- SAM self-assembled monolayer
- the presence of ETMs on the surface of a SAM that has been formulated to comprise slight “defects” (sometimes referred to herein as “microconduits”, “nanoconduits” or “electroconduits”) can be directly detected. This basic idea is termed “mechanism-2” herein.
- the electroconduits allow particular ETMs access to the surface.
- the configuration of the electroconduit depends in part on the ETM chosen.
- the use of relatively hydrophobic ETMs allows the use of hydrophobic electroconduit forming species, which effectively exclude hydrophilic or charged ETMs.
- the use of more hydrophilic or charged species in the SAM may serve to exclude hydrophobic ETMs.
- the electroconduits can be generated in several general ways, including but not limited to the use of rough electrode surfaces, such as gold electrodes formulated on PC circuit boards; or the inclusion of at least two different species in the monolayer, i.e. using a “mixed monolayer”, at least one of which is a electroconduit-forming species (EFS).
- ETM electroconduit-forming species
- the role of the SAM comprising the defects is to allow contact of the ETM with the electronic surface of the electrode, while still providing the benefits of shielding the electrode from solution components and reducing the amount of non-specific binding to the electrodes.
- the role of the binding ligand is to provide specificity for a recruitment of ETMs to the surface, where they can be directly detected.
- an assay complex is formed that contains an ETM, which is then detected using the detection electrode.
- the electrode comprises a monolayer, comprising electroconduit forming species (EFS).
- EFS electroconduit forming species
- the efficiency of target analyte binding may increase when the analyte is at a distance from the electrode.
- non-specific binding of biomolecules, including the target analytes, to an electrode is generally reduced when a monolayer is present.
- a monolayer facilitates the maintenance of the analyte away from the electrode surface.
- a monolayer serves to keep charged species away from the surface of the electrode. Thus, this layer helps to prevent electrical contact between the electrodes and the ETMs, or between the electrode and charged species within the solvent.
- the monolayer is preferably tightly packed in a uniform layer on the electrode surface, such that a minimum of “holes” exist.
- the monolayer thus serves as a physical barrier to block solvent community to the electrode.
- monolayer or “self-assembled monolayer” or “SAM” herein is meant a relatively ordered assembly of molecules spontaneously chemisorbed on a surface, in which the molecules are oriented approximately parallel to each other and roughly perpendicular to the surface. A majority of the molecules includes a functional group that adheres to the surface, and a portion that interacts with neighboring molecules in the monolayer to form the relatively ordered array.
- a “mixed” monolayer comprises a heterogeneous monolayer, that is, where at least two different molecules make up the monolayer.
- the SAMs of the invention can be generated in a number of ways and comprise a number of different components, depending on the electrode surface and the system used.
- preferred embodiments utilize two monolayer forming species: a monolayer forming species (including insulators or conductive oligomers) and a conductive oligomer species comprising the capture binding ligand, although as will be appreciated by those in the art, additional monolayer forming species can be included as well.
- the composition of the SAM depends on the detection electrode surface.
- detection electrodes comprising “smooth” surfaces, such as gold ball electrodes
- those comprising “rough” surfaces such as those that are made using commercial processes on PC circuit boards.
- rough surfaces such as those that are made using commercial processes on PC circuit boards.
- monolayers made on imperfect surfaces i.e. “rough” surfaces
- spontaneously form monolayers containing enough electroconduits even in the absence of EFS probably due to the fact that the formation of a uniform monolayer on a rough surface is difficult.
- “Smoother” surfaces may require the inclusion of sufficient numbers of EFS to generate the electroconduits, as the uniform surfaces allow a more uniform monolayer to form.
- “smooth” surfaces comprise monolayers comprising three components: an insulator species, a EFS, and a species comprising the capture ligand, although in some circumstances, for example when the capture ligand species is included at high density, the capture ligand species can serve as the EFS.
- “Smoothness” in this context is not measured physically but rather as a function of an increase in the measured signal when EFS are included. That is, the signal from a detection electrode coated with monolayer forming species is compared to a signal from a detection electrode coated with monolayer forming species including a EFS.
- electroconduits do not result in direct contact of sample components with the electrode surface; that is, the electroconduits are not large pores or holes that allow physical access to the electrode. Rather, without being bound by theory, it appears that the electroconduits allow certain types of ETMs, particularly hydrophobic ETMs, to penetrate sufficiently into the monolayer to allow detection. However, other types of redox active species, including some hydrophilic species, do not penentrate into the monolayer, even with electroconduits present. Thus, in general, redox active species that may be present in the sample do not give substantial signals as a result of the electroconduits.
- the test for a suitable SAM to reduce non-specific binding that also has sufficient electroconduits for ETM detection is to add either ferrocene or ferrocyanide to the SAM; the former should give a signal and the latter should not.
- the monolayer comprises a first species comprising a conductive oligomer comprising the capture binding ligand, as is more fully outlined below, and a second species comprising a monolayer forming species, including either or both insulators or conductive oligomers.
- the monolayer comprises electroconduit-forming species.
- electroconduit-forming species or “EFS” herein is meant a molecule that is capable of generating sufficient electroconduits in a monolayer, generally of insulators such as alkyl groups, to allow detection of ETMs at the surface.
- EFS have one or more of the following qualities: they may be relatively rigid molecules, for example as compared to an alkyl chain; they may attach to the electrode surface with a geometry different from the other monolayer forming species (for example, alkyl chains attached to gold surfaces with thiol groups are thought to attach at roughly 45° angles, and phenyl-acetylene chains attached to gold via thiols are thought to go down at 90° angles); they may have a structure that sterically interferes or interrupts the formation of a tightly packed monolayer, for example through the inclusion of branching groups such as alkyl groups, or the inclusion of highly flexible species, such as polyethylene glycol units; or they may be capable of being activated to form electroconduits; for example, photoactivatible species that can be selectively removed from the surface upon photoactivation, leaving electroconduits.
- EFS include conductive oligomers, as defined below, and phenyl-acetylene-polyethylene glycol species, as well as asymmetrical SAM-forming disulfide species such as depicted in the figures of U.S. Ser. No. 60/145,912 filed Jul. 27, 1999, hereby expressly incorporated by reference.
- the EFS is not a conductive oligomer.
- the monolayer comprises conductive oligomers.
- conductive oligomer herein is meant a substantially conducting oligomer, preferably linear, some embodiments of which are referred to in the literature as “molecular wires”.
- substantially conducting herein is meant that the oligomer is capable of transferring electrons at 100 Hz.
- the conductive oligomer has substantially overlapping n-orbitals, i.e. conjugated ⁇ -orbitals, as between the monomeric units of the conductive oligomer, although the conductive oligomer may also contain one or more sigma ( ⁇ ) bonds.
- a conductive oligomer may be defined functionally by its ability to inject or receive electrons into or from an associated ETM. Furthermore, the conductive oligomer is more conductive than the insulators as defined herein. Additionally, the conductive oligomers of the invention are to be distinguished from electroactive polymers, that themselves may donate or accept electrons.
- the conductive oligomers have a conductivity, S, of from between about 10 ⁇ 6 to about 10 4 ⁇ ⁇ 1 cm ⁇ 1 , with from about 10 ⁇ 5 to about 10 3 ⁇ ⁇ 1 cm ⁇ 1 being preferred, with these S values being calculated for molecules ranging from about 20 ⁇ to about 200 ⁇ .
- insulators have a conductivity S of about 10 ⁇ 7 ⁇ ⁇ 1 cm ⁇ 1 or lower, with less than about 10 ⁇ 8 ⁇ ⁇ 1 cm ⁇ 1 being preferred. See generally Gardner et al., Sensors and Actuators A 51 (1995) 57-66, incorporated herein by reference.
- Desired characteristics of a conductive oligomer include high conductivity, sufficient solubility in organic solvents and/or water for synthesis and use of the compositions of the invention, and preferably chemical resistance to reactions that occur i) during nucleic acid synthesis (such that nucleosides containing the conductive oligomers may be added to a nucleic acid synthesizer during the synthesis of the compositions of the invention), ii) during the attachment of the conductive oligomer to an electrode, or iii) during hybridization assays.
- conductive oligomers that will promote the formation of self-assembled monolayers are preferred.
- oligomers of the invention comprise at least two monomeric subunits, as described herein. As is described more fully below, oligomers include homo- and hetero-oligomers, and include polymers.
- the conductive oligomer has the structure depicted in Structure 1:
- the conductive oligomer of Structure 1 may be attached to ETMs, such as electrodes, transition metal complexes, organic ETMs, and metallocenes, and to nucleic acids, or to several of these.
- ETMs such as electrodes, transition metal complexes, organic ETMs, and metallocenes
- nucleic acids or to several of these.
- the conductive oligomers depicted herein will be attached at the left side to an electrode; that is, as depicted in Structure 1, the left “Y” is connected to the electrode as described herein. If the conductive oligomer is to be attached to a nucleic acid, the right “Y”, if present, is attached to the nucleic acid, either directly or through the use of a linker, as is described herein.
- Y is an aromatic group
- n is an integer from 1 to 50
- g is either 1 or zero
- e is an integer from zero to 10
- m is zero or 1.
- B-D is a bond able to conjugate with neighboring bonds (herein referred to as a “conjugated bond”), preferably selected from acetylene
- B-D is a conjugated bond, preferably selected from acetylene, alkene, substituted alkene, amide, azo, —C ⁇ N— (including —N ⁇ C—, —CR ⁇ N— and —N ⁇ CR—), —Si ⁇ Si—, and —Si ⁇ C— (including —C ⁇ Si—, —Si ⁇ CR— and —CR ⁇ Si—).
- D is preferably carbonyl, or a heteroatom moiety, wherein the heteroatom is selected from oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, silicon or phosphorus.
- suitable heteroatom moieties include, but are not limited to, —NH and —NR, wherein R is as defined herein; substituted sulfur; sulfonyl (—SO 2 —) sulfoxide (—SO—); phosphine oxide (—PO— and —RPO—); and thiophosphine (—PS— and —RPS—).
- sulfur derivatives are not preferred.
- aromatic group or grammatical equivalents herein is meant an aromatic monocyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon moiety generally containing 5 to 14 carbon atoms (although larger polycyclic rings structures may be made) and any carbocylic ketone or thioketone derivative thereof, wherein the carbon atom with the free valence is a member of an aromatic ring.
- Aromatic groups include arylene groups and aromatic groups with more than two atoms removed. For the purposes of this application aromatic includes heterocycle.
- Heterocycle or “heteroaryl” means an aromatic group wherein 1 to 5 of the indicated carbon atoms are replaced by a heteroatom chosen from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, phosphorus, boron and silicon wherein the atom with the free valence is a member of an aromatic ring, and any heterocyclic ketone and thioketone derivative thereof.
- heterocycle includes thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxalyl, indolyl, purinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, thiazolyl, imidozyl, etc.
- the Y aromatic groups of the conductive oligomer may be different, i.e. the conductive oligomer may be a heterooligomer. That is, a conductive oligomer may comprise a oligomer of a single type of Y groups, or of multiple types of Y groups.
- the aromatic group may be substituted with a substitution group, generally depicted herein as R.
- R groups may be added as necessary to affect the packing of the conductive oligomers, i.e. R groups may be used to alter the association of the oligomers in the monolayer. R groups may also be added to 1) alter the solubility of the oligomer or of compositions containing the oligomers; 2) alter the conjugation or electrochemical potential of the system; and 3) alter the charge or characteristics at the surface of the monolayer.
- R groups are preferred to increase solubility when solution synthesis is done.
- the R groups, and their positions, are chosen to minimally effect the packing of the conductive oligomers on a surface, particularly within a monolayer, as described below.
- only small R groups are used within the monolayer, with larger R groups generally above the surface of the monolayer.
- attachment of methyl groups to the portion of the conductive oligomer within the monolayer to increase solubility is preferred, with attachment of longer alkoxy groups, for example, C3 to C10, is preferably done above the monolayer surface.
- this generally means that attachment of sterically significant R groups is not done on any of the first two or three oligomer subunits, depending on the average length of the molecules making up the monolayer.
- R groups include, but are not limited to, hydrogen, alkyl, alcohol, aromatic, amino, amido, nitro, ethers, esters, aldehydes, sulfonyl, silicon moieties, halogens, sulfur containing moieties, phosphorus containing moieties, and ethylene glycols.
- R is hydrogen when the position is unsubstituted. It should be noted that some positions may allow two substitution groups, R and R′, in which case the R and R′ groups may be either the same or different.
- alkyl group or grammatical equivalents herein is meant a straight or branched chain alkyl group, with straight chain alkyl groups being preferred. If branched, it may be branched at one or more positions, and unless specified, at any position.
- the alkyl group may range from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms (C1-C30), with a preferred embodiment utilizing from about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms (C1-C20), with about C1 through about C12 to about C15 being preferred, and C1 to C5 being particularly preferred, although in some embodiments the alkyl group may be much larger.
- alkyl group also included within the definition of an alkyl group are cycloalkyl groups such as C5 and C6 rings, and heterocyclic rings with nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur or phosphorus.
- Alkyl also includes heteroalkyl, with heteroatoms of sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, and silicone being preferred.
- Alkyl includes substituted alkyl groups.
- substituted alkyl group herein is meant an alkyl group further comprising one or more substitution moieties “R”, as defined above.
- amino groups or grammatical equivalents herein is meant —NH 2 , —NHR and —NR 2 groups, with R being as defined herein.
- nitro group herein is meant an —NO 2 group.
- sulfur containing moieties herein is meant compounds containing sulfur atoms, including but not limited to, thia-, thio- and sulfo-compounds, thiols (—SH and —SR), and sulfides (—RSR—).
- phosphorus containing moieties herein is meant compounds containing phosphorus, including, but not limited to, phosphines and phosphates.
- silicon containing moieties herein is meant compounds containing silicon.
- ether herein is meant an —O—R group.
- Preferred ethers include alkoxy groups, with —O—(CH 2 ) 2 CH 3 and —O—(CH 2 ) 4 CH 3 being preferred.
- esters herein is meant a —COOR group.
- halogen herein is meant bromine, iodine, chlorine, or fluorine.
- Preferred substituted alkyls are partially or fully halogenated alkyls such as CF 3 , etc.
- aldehyde herein is meant —RCHO groups.
- alcohol herein is meant —OH groups, and alkyl alcohols —ROH.
- ethylene glycol or “(poly)ethylene glycol” herein is meant a —(O—CH 2 —CH 2 ) n — group, although each carbon atom of the ethylene group may also be singly or doubly substituted, i.e. —(O—CR 2 —CR 2 ) n —, with R as described above.
- Ethylene glycol derivatives with other heteroatoms in place of oxygen i.e. —(N—CH 2 —CH 2 ) n — or —(S—CH 2 —CH 2 ) n —, or with substitution groups are also preferred.
- substitution groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, alkoxy groups such as —O—(CH 2 ) 2 CH 3 and —O—(CH 2 ) 4 -CH 3 and ethylene glycol and derivatives thereof.
- Preferred aromatic groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthroline, pyrole, pyridine, thiophene, porphyrins, and substituted derivatives of each of these, included fused ring derivatives.
- B-D is a bond linking two atoms or chemical moieties.
- B-D is a conjugated bond, containing overlapping or conjugated ⁇ -orbitals.
- Preferred B-D bonds are selected from acetylene (—C ⁇ C—, also called alkyne or ethyne), alkene (—CH ⁇ CH—, also called ethylene), substituted alkene (—CR ⁇ CR—, —CH ⁇ CR— and —CR ⁇ CH—), amide (—NH—CO— and —NR—CO— or —CO—NH— and —CO—NR—), azo (—N ⁇ N—), esters and thioesters (—CO—O—, —O—CO—, —CS—O— and —O—CS—) and other conjugated bonds such as (—CH ⁇ N—, —CR ⁇ N—, —N ⁇ CH— and —N ⁇ CR—), (—SiH ⁇ SiH—, —SiR ⁇ SiH—, —SiR ⁇ SiH—, and —SiR ⁇ SiR—), (—SiH ⁇ CH—, —SiR ⁇ CH—, —SiH
- B-D bonds are acetylene, alkene, amide, and substituted derivatives of these three, and azo.
- Especially preferred B-D bonds are acetylene, alkene and amide.
- the oligomer components attached to double bonds may be in the trans or cis conformation, or mixtures.
- B or D may include carbon, nitrogen or silicon.
- the substitution groups are as defined as above for R.
- e is preferably 1 and the D moiety may be carbonyl or a heteroatom moiety as defined above.
- the terminal B-D bond may be an amide bond
- the rest of the B-D bonds may be acetylene bonds.
- amide bonds when amide bonds are present, as few amide bonds as possible are preferable, but in some embodiments all the B-D bonds are amide bonds.
- one type of B-D bond may be present in the conductive oligomer within a monolayer as described below, and another type above the monolayer level, for example to give greater flexibility for nucleic acid hybridization when the nucleic acid is attached via a conductive oligomer.
- n is an integer from 1 to 50, although longer oligomers may also be used (see for example Schumm et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1994 33(13):1360). Without being bound by theory, it appears that for efficient hybridization of nucleic acids on a surface, the hybridization should occur at a distance from the surface, i.e. the kinetics of hybridization increase as a function of the distance from the surface, particularly for long oligonucleotides of 200 to 300 basepairs.
- the length of the conductive oligomer is such that the closest nucleotide of the nucleic acid is positioned from about 6 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ (although distances of up to 500 ⁇ may be used) from the electrode surface, with from about 15 ⁇ to about 60 ⁇ being preferred and from about 25 ⁇ to about 60 ⁇ also being preferred.
- n will depend on the size of the aromatic group, but generally will be from about 1 to about 20, with from about 2 to about 15 being preferred and from about 3 to about 10 being especially preferred.
- m is either 0 or 1. That is, when m is 0, the conductive oligomer may terminate in the B-D bond or D moiety, i.e. the D atom is attached to the nucleic acid either directly or via a linker. In some embodiments, for example when the conductive oligomer is attached to a phosphate of the ribose-phosphate backbone of a nucleic acid, there may be additional atoms, such as a linker, attached between the conductive oligomer and the nucleic acid. Additionally, as outlined below, the D atom may be the nitrogen atom of the amino-modified ribose. Alternatively, when m is 1, the conductive oligomer may terminate in Y, an aromatic group, i.e. the aromatic group is attached to the nucleic acid or linker.
- conductive oligomers may be utilized. These include conductive oligomers falling within the Structure 1 and Structure 8 formulas, as well as other conductive oligomers, as are generally known in the art, including for example, compounds comprising fused aromatic rings or Teflon®like oligomers, such as —(CF 2 ) n —, —(CHF) r — and —(CFR) n —. See for example, Schumm et al., Angew. Chem. Intl. Ed. Engl. 33:1361 (1994); Grosshenny et al., Platinum Metals Rev. 40(1):26-35 (1996); Tour, Chem. Rev. 96:537-553 (1996); Hsung et al., Organometallics 14:4808-4815 (1995; and references cited therein, all of which are expressly incorporated by reference.
- Structure 2 is Structure 1 when g is 1.
- Preferred embodiments of Structure 2 include: e is zero, Y is pyrole or substituted pyrole; e is zero, Y is thiophene or substituted thiophene; e is zero, Y is furan or substituted furan; e is zero, Y is phenyl or substituted phenyl; e is zero, Y is pyridine or substituted pyridine; e is 1, B-D is acetylene and Y is phenyl or substituted phenyl (see Structure 4 below).
- a preferred embodiment of Structure 2 is also when e is one, depicted as Structure 3 below:
- Preferred embodiments of Structure 3 are: Y is phenyl or substituted phenyl and B-D is azo; Y is phenyl or substituted phenyl and B-D is acetylene; Y is phenyl or substituted phenyl and B-D is alkene; Y is pyridine or substituted pyridine and B-D is acetylene; Y is thiophene or substituted thiophene and B-D is acetylene; Y is furan or substituted furan and B-D is acetylene; Y is thiophene or furan (or substituted thiophene or furan) and B-D are alternating alkene and acetylene bonds.
- Structure 3 conductive oligomer Most of the structures depicted herein utilize a Structure 3 conductive oligomer. However, any Structure 3 oligomers may be substituted with any of the other structures depicted herein, i.e. Structure 1 or 8 oligomer, or other conducting oligomer, and the use of such Structure 3 depiction is not meant to limit the scope of the invention.
- Particularly preferred embodiments of Structure 4 include: n is two, m is one, and R is hydrogen; n is three, m is zero, and R is hydrogen; and the use of R groups to increase solubility.
- the conductive oligomers are pseudopeptide oligomers.
- the amide bond in Structure 5 is depicted with the carbonyl to the left, i.e. —CONH—, the reverse may also be used, i.e. —NHCO—.
- Particularly preferred embodiments of Structure 5 include: n is two, m is one, and R is hydrogen; n is three, m is zero, and R is hydrogen (in this embodiment, the terminal nitrogen (the D atom) may be the nitrogen of the amino-modified ribose); and the use of R groups to increase solubility.
- Preferred embodiments of Structure 6 include the first n is two, second n is one, m is zero, and all R groups are hydrogen, or the use of R groups to increase solubility.
- Preferred embodiments of Structure 7 include: the first n is three, the second n is from 1-3, with m being either 0 or 1, and the use of R groups to increase solubility.
- the conductive oligomer has the structure depicted in Structure 8:
- C are carbon atoms
- n is an integer from 1 to 50
- m is 0 or 1
- J is a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus, sulfur, carbonyl or sulfoxide
- G is a bond selected from alkane, alkene or acetylene, such that together with the two carbon atoms the C-G-C group is an alkene (—CH ⁇ CH—), substituted alkene (—CR ⁇ CR—) or mixtures thereof (—CH ⁇ CR— or —CR ⁇ CH—), acetylene (—C ⁇ C—), or alkane (—CR 2 —CR 2 —, with R being either hydrogen or a substitution group as described herein).
- the m of Structure 8 is zero. In a particularly preferred embodiment, m is zero and G is an alkene bond, as is depicted in Structure 9:
- alkene oligomer of structure 9, and others depicted herein, are generally depicted in the preferred trans configuration, although oligomers of cis or mixtures of trans and cis may also be used.
- R groups may be added to alter the packing of the compositions on an electrode, the hydrophilicity or hydrophobicity of the oligomer, and the flexibility, i.e. the rotational, torsional or longitudinal flexibility of the oligomer.
- n is as defined above.
- R is hydrogen, although R may be also alkyl groups and polyethylene glycols or derivatives.
- the conductive oligomer may be a mixture of different types of oligomers, for example of structures 1 and 8.
- the terminus of at least some of the conductive oligomers in the monolayer are electronically exposed.
- electroly exposed herein is meant that upon the placement of an ETM in close proximity to the terminus, and after initiation with the appropriate signal, a signal dependent on the presence of the ETM may be detected.
- the conductive oligomers may or may not have terminal groups. Thus, in a preferred embodiment, there is no additional terminal group, and the conductive oligomer terminates with one of the groups depicted in Structures 1 to 9; for example, a B-D bond such as an acetylene bond. Alternatively, in a preferred embodiment, a terminal group is added, sometimes depicted herein as “Q”.
- a terminal group may be used for several reasons; for example, to contribute to the electronic availability of the conductive oligomer for detection of ETMs, or to alter the surface of the SAM for other reasons, for example to prevent non-specific binding.
- Preferred terminal groups include —NH 2 , —OH, —COOH, and alkyl groups such as —CH 3 , and (poly)alkyloxides such as (poly)ethylene glycol, with —OCH 2 CH 2 OH, —(OCH 2 CH 2 O) 2 H, —(OCH 2 CH 2 O) 3 H, and —(OCH 2 CH 2 O) 4 H being preferred.
- the monolayer forming species are “interrupted” conductive oligomers, containing an alkyl portion in the middle of the conductive oligomer.
- the monolayer comprises photoactivatable species as EFS.
- EFS photoactivatable species
- FIG. 11 This general scheme is depicted in FIG. 11 of 09/626,096, incorporated by reference.
- Photoactivatable species are known in the art, and include 4,5-dimethoxy-2-nitrobenzyl ester, which can be photolyzed at 365 nm for 2 hours.
- the monolayer may further comprise insulator moieties.
- insulator herein is meant a substantially nonconducting oligomer, preferably linear.
- substantially nonconducting herein is meant that the insulator will not transfer electrons at 100 Hz. The rate of electron transfer through the insulator is preferrably slower than the rate through the conductive oligomers described herein.
- the insulators have a conductivity, S, of about 10 ⁇ 7 ⁇ ⁇ 1 cm ⁇ 1 or lower, with less than about 10 ⁇ 8 ⁇ ⁇ 1 cm ⁇ 1 being preferred. See generally Gardner et al., supra.
- insulators are alkyl or heteroalkyl oligomers or moieties with sigma bonds, although any particular insulator molecule may contain aromatic groups or one or more conjugated bonds.
- heteroalkyl herein is meant an alkyl group that has at least one heteroatom, i.e. nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon or boron included in the chain.
- the insulator may be quite similar to a conductive oligomer with the addition of one or more heteroatoms or bonds that serve to inhibit or slow, preferably substantially, electron transfer.
- Suitable insulators include, but are not limited to, —(CH 2 ) n —, —(CRH) n —, and —(CR 2 ) n —, ethylene glycol or derivatives using other heteroatoms in place of oxygen, i.e. nitrogen or sulfur (sulfur derivatives are not preferred when the electrode is gold).
- the insulators may be substituted with R groups as defined herein to alter the packing of the moieties or conductive oligomers on an electrode, the hydrophilicity or hydrophobicity of the insulator, and the flexibility, i.e. the rotational, torsional or longitudinal flexibility of the insulator.
- R groups as defined herein to alter the packing of the moieties or conductive oligomers on an electrode, the hydrophilicity or hydrophobicity of the insulator, and the flexibility, i.e. the rotational, torsional or longitudinal flexibility of the insulator.
- branched alkyl groups may be used.
- the insulators may contain terminal groups, as outlined above, particularly to influence the surface of the monolayer.
- the insulator species included in the SAM utilizes novel methods and compositions comprising asymmetric disulfides.
- the signals generated from label probes can be dependent on the behavior or properties of the SAM.
- the present invention provides asymmetric insulators based on disulfides, wherein one of the arms being a longer alkyl chain (or other SAM forming species) and the other arm comprising a bulky group, such as a branched alkyl group, that can be polar or nonpolar) for creating the nanoconduits.
- two exemplary species are shown in FIGS. 31A and 31B of U.S. Ser. No. 60/145,912, with data shown in FIG. 31C.
- a variety of synthetic schemes are shown in FIG. 32. See also Mukaiyama Tetrahedron Lett. 1968, 5907; Boustany Tetrahedron Lett. 1970 3547; Harpp Tetrahedron Lett. 1970 3551; and Oae, J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun, 1977, 407, all of which are expressly incorporated herein by reference.
- the length of the species making up the monolayer will vary as needed. As outlined above, it appears that hybridization is more efficient at a distance from the surface.
- the species to which nucleic acids are attached (as outlined below, these can be either insulators or conductive oligomers) may be basically the same length as the monolayer forming species or longer than them, resulting in the nucleic acids being more accessible to the solvent for hybridization.
- the conductive oligomers to which the nucleic acids are attached may be shorter than the monolayer.
- the actual combinations and ratios of the different species making up the monolayer can vary widely, and will depend on whether mechanism-1 or -2 is used. Generally, either two or three component systems are preferred for mechanism-2 systems. Three component systems utilize a first species comprising a capture probe containing species, attached to the electrode via either an insulator or a conductive oligomer. The second species are conductive oligomers, and the third species are insulators.
- the first species can comprise from about 90% to about 1%, with from about 20% to about 40% being preferred. For nucleic acids, from about 30% to about 40% is especially preferred for short oligonucleotide targets and from about 10% to about 20% is preferred for longer targets.
- the second species can comprise from about 1% to about 90%, with from about 20% to about 90% being preferred, and from about 40% to about 60% being especially preferred.
- the third species can comprise from about 1% to about 90%, with from about 20% to about 40% being preferred, and from about 15% to about 30% being especially preferred.
- preferred ratios of first:second:third species in SAM formation solvents are 2:2:1 for short targets, 1:3:1 for longer targets, with total thiol concentration (when used to attach these species, as is more fully outlined below) in the 500 ⁇ M to 1 mM range, and 833 ⁇ M being preferred.
- two component systems can be used.
- the two components are the first and second species.
- the first species can comprise from about 1% to about 90%, with from about 1% to about 40% being preferred, and from about 10% to about 40% being especially preferred.
- the second species can comprise from about 1% to about 90%, with from about 10% to about 60% being preferred, and from about 20% to about 40% being especially preferred.
- the two components are the first and the third species.
- the first species can comprise from about 1% to about 90%, with from about 1% to about 40% being preferred, and from about 100% to about 40% being especially preferred.
- the second species can comprise from about 1% to about 90%, with from about 10% to about 60% being preferred, and from about 20% to about 40% being especially preferred.
- the deposition of the SAM is done using aqueous solvents.
- aqueous solvents As is generally described in Steel et al., Anal. Chem. 70:4670 (1998), Herne et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 119:8916 (1997), and Finklea, Electrochemistry of Organized Monolayers of Thiols and Related Molecules on Electrodes, from A. J. Bard, Electroanalytical Chemistry: A Series of Advances , Vol. 20, Dekker N.Y. 1966—, all of which are expressly incorporated by reference, the deposition of the SAM-forming species can be done out of aqueous solutions, frequently comprising salt.
- the covalent attachment of the conductive oligomers and insulators may be accomplished in a variety of ways, depending on the electrode and the composition of the insulators and conductive oligomers used.
- the attachment linkers with covalently attached nucleosides or nucleic acids as depicted herein are covalently attached to an electrode.
- one end or terminus of the attachment linker is attached to the nucleoside or nucleic acid, and the other is attached to an electrode.
- attachment linker may be attached at two sites to the electrode, as is generally depicted in Structures 11-13.
- some type of linker is used, as depicted below as “A” in Structure 10, where “X” is the conductive oligomer, “I” is an insulator and the hatched surface is the electrode:
- A is a linker or atom.
- A may be a sulfur moiety when a gold electrode is used.
- A may be a silicon (silane) moiety attached to the oxygen of the oxide (see for example Chen et al., Langmuir 10:3332-3337 (1994); Lenhard et al., J. Electroanal. Chem. 78:195-201 (1977), both of which are expressly incorporated by reference).
- A may be an amino moiety (preferably a primary amine; see for example Deinhammer et al., Langmuir 10:1306-1313 (1994)).
- preferred A moieties include, but are not limited to, silane moieties, sulfur moieties (including alkyl sulfur moieties), and amino moieties.
- epoxide type linkages with redox polymers such as are known in the art are not used.
- the insulators and conductive oligomers may be attached to the electrode with more than one “A” moiety; the “A” moieties may be the same or different.
- the electrode is a gold electrode
- “A” is a sulfur atom or moiety
- multiple sulfur atoms may be used to attach the conductive oligomer to the electrode, such as is generally depicted below in Structures 11,12 and 13.
- Structures 11, 12 and 13 the A moiety is just a sulfur atom, but substituted sulfur moieties may also be used.
- the electrode is a gold electrode, and attachment is via a sulfur linkage as is well known in the art, i.e. the A moiety is a sulfur atom or moiety. Although the exact characteristics of the gold-sulfur attachment are not known, this linkage is considered covalent for the purposes of this invention.
- a representative structure is depicted in Structure 14, using the Structure 3 conductive oligomer, although as for all the structures depicted herein, any of the conductive oligomers, or combinations of conductive oligomers, may be used. Similarly, any of the conductive oligomers or insulators may also comprise terminal groups as described herein.
- Structure 14 depicts the “A” linker as comprising just a sulfur atom, although additional atoms may be present (i.e. linkers from the sulfur to the conductive oligomer or substitution groups).
- Structure 14 shows the sulfur atom attached to the Y aromatic group, but as will be appreciated by those in the art, it may be attached to the B-D group (i.e. an acetylene) as well.
- the electrode is a carbon electrode, i.e. a glassy carbon electrode, and attachment is via a nitrogen of an amine group.
- a carbon electrode i.e. a glassy carbon electrode
- attachment is via a nitrogen of an amine group.
- Additional atoms may be present, i.e. Z type linkers and/or terminal groups.
- the oxygen atom is from the oxide of the metal oxide electrode.
- the Si atom may also contain other atoms, i.e. be a silicon moiety containing substitution groups.
- Other attachments for SAMs to other electrodes are known in the art; see for example Napier et al., Langmuir, 1997, for attachment to indium tin oxide electrodes, and also the chemisorption of phosphates to an indium tin oxide electrode (talk by H. Holden Thorpe, CHI conference, May 4-5, 1998).
- the SAMs of the invention can be made in a variety of ways, including deposition out of organic solutions and deposition out of aqueous solutions.
- the methods outlined herein use a gold electrode as the example, although as will be appreciated by those in the art, other metals and methods may be used as well.
- ITO indium-tin-oxide
- a gold surface is first cleaned.
- cleaning procedures may be employed, including, but not limited to, chemical cleaning or etchants (including Piranha solution (hydrogen peroxide/sulfuric acid) or aqua regia (hydrochloric acid/nitric acid), electrochemical methods, flame treatment, plasma treatment or combinations thereof.
- the gold substrate is exposed to the SAM species.
- the SAM species are phosphonate-containing species.
- This can also be done in a variety of ways, including, but not limited to, solution deposition, gas phase deposition, microcontact printing, spray deposition, deposition using neat components, etc.
- a preferred embodiment utilizes a deposition solution comprising a mixture of various SAM species in solution, generally thiol-containing species. Mixed monolayers that contain nucleic acids are usually prepared using a two step procedure.
- the thiolated nucleic acid is deposited during the first deposition step (generally in the presence of at least one other monolayer-forming species) and the mixed monolayer formation is completed during the second step in which a second thiol solution minus nucleic acid is added.
- a second step utilizing mild heating to promote monolayer reorganization.
- the deposition solution is an organic deposition solution.
- a clean gold surface is placed into a clean vial.
- a binding ligand deposition solution in organic solvent is prepared in which the total thiol concentration is between micromolar to saturation; preferred ranges include from about 1 ⁇ M to 10 mM, with from about 400 uM to about 1.0 mM being especially preferred.
- the deposition solution contains thiol modified DNA (i.e. nucleic acid attached to an attachment linker) and thiol diluent molecules (either conductive oligomers or insulators, with the latter being preferred).
- the ratio of nucleic acid to diluent is usually between 1000:1 to 1:1000, with from about 10:1 to about 1:10 being preferred and 1:1 being especially preferred.
- the preferred solvents are tetrahydrofuran (THF), acetonitrile, dimethylforamide (DMF), ethanol, or mixtures thereof; generally any solvent of sufficient polarity to dissolve the capture ligand can be used, as long as the solvent is devoid of functional groups that will react with the surface.
- Sufficient nucleic acid deposition solution is added to the vial so as to completely cover the electrode surface.
- the gold substrate is allowed to incubate at ambient temperature or slightly above ambient temperature for a period of time ranging from seconds to hours, with 5-30 minutes being preferred.
- the deposition solution is removed and a solution of diluent molecule only (from about 1 ⁇ M to 10 mM, with from about 100 uM to about 1.0 mM being preferred) in organic solvent is added.
- the gold substrate is allowed to incubate at room temperature or above room temperature for a period of time (seconds to days, with from about 10 minutes to about 24 hours being preferred).
- the gold sample is removed from the solution, rinsed in clean solvent and used.
- an aqueous deposition solution is used.
- a clean gold surface is placed into a clean vial.
- a nucleic acid deposition solution in water is prepared in which the total thiol concentration is between about 1 uM and 10 mM, with from about 1 ⁇ M to about 200 uM being preferred.
- the aqueous solution frequently has salt present (up to saturation, with approximately 1 M being preferred), however pure water can be used.
- the deposition solution contains thiol modified nucleic acid and often a thiol diluent molecule.
- the ratio of nucleic acid to diluent is usually between between 1000:1 to 1:1000, with from about 10:1 to about 1:10 being preferred and 1:1 being especially preferred.
- the nucleic acid deposition solution is added to the vial in such a volume so as to completely cover the electrode surface.
- the gold substrate is allowed to incubate at ambient temperature or slightly above ambient temperature for 1-30 minutes with 5 minutes usually being sufficient. After the initial incubation, the deposition solution is removed and a solution of diluent molecule only (10 uM-1.0 mM) in either water or organic solvent is added. The gold substrate is allowed to incubate at room temperature or above room temperature until a complete monolayer is formed (10 minutes-24 hours). The gold sample is removed from the solution, rinsed in clean solvent and used.
- the deposition solution comprises a zwitterionic compound, preferably betaine.
- Preferred embodiments utilize betaine and Tris-HCl buffers.
- a circuit board is used as the substrate for the gold electrodes. Formation of the SAMs on the gold surface is generally done by first cleaning the boards, for example in a 10% sulfuric acid solution for 30 seconds, detergent solutions, aqua regia, plasma, etc., as outlined herein. Following the sulfuric acid treatment, the boards are washed, for example via immersion in two Milli-Q water baths for 1 minute each. The boards are then dried, for example under a stream of nitrogen. Spotting of the deposition solution onto the boards is done using any number of known spotting systems, generally by placing the boards on an X-Y table, preferably in a humidity chamber.
- the size of the spotting drop will vary with the size of the electrodes on the boards and the equipment used for delivery of the solution; for example, for 250 ⁇ M size electrodes, a 30 nanoliter drop is used. The volume should be sufficient to cover the electrode surface completely.
- the drop is incubated at room temperature for a period of time (sec to overnight, with 5 minutes preferred) and then the drop is removed by rinsing in a Milli-Q water bath.
- the boards are then optionally treated with a second deposition solution, generally comprising insulator in organic solvent, preferably acetonitrile, by immersion in a 45° C. bath. After 30 minutes, the boards are removed and immersed in an acetonitrile bath for 30 seconds followed by a milli-Q water bath for 30 seconds.
- the boards are dried under a stream of nitrogen. Preferrably, only the water rinse is employed.
- the detection electrode comprising the SAM (or the sites on the array, for non-electrode embodiments) further comprises capture binding ligands, preferably covalently attached.
- binding ligand or “binding species” herein is meant a compound that is used to probe for the presence of the target analyte, that will bind to the target analyte.
- binding ligands used per target analyte molecule; a “capture” or “anchor” binding ligand (also referred to herein as a “capture probe”, particularly in reference to a nucleic acid binding ligand) that is attached to the detection electrode as described herein, and a soluble binding ligand (frequently referred to herein as a “signaling probe” or a “label probe”), that binds independently to the target analyte, and either directly or indirectly comprises at least one ETM.
- a “capture” or “anchor” binding ligand also referred to herein as a “capture probe”, particularly in reference to a nucleic acid binding ligand
- a soluble binding ligand frequently referred to herein as a “signaling probe” or a “label probe”
- the target sequence is generally amplified, and during amplification, a fluorescent label is added; thus these systems generally comprise only two elements, the capture probe and the labeled target.
- the discussion below is directed to the use of electrodes and electrochemical detection, but as will be appreciated by those in the art, fluorescent based systems can be used as well.
- the capture binding ligand allows the attachment of a target analyte to the detection electrode, for the purposes of detection.
- attachment of the target analyte to the capture binding ligand may be direct (i.e. the target analyte binds to the capture binding ligand) or indirect (one or more capture extender ligands may be used).
- the binding is specific, and the binding ligand is part of a binding pair.
- specifically bind herein is meant that the ligand binds the analyte, with specificity sufficient to differentiate between the analyte and other components or contaminants of the test sample.
- the systems may use different binding ligands, for example an array of different ligands, and detection of any particular analyte is via its “signature” of binding to a panel of binding ligands, similar to the manner in which “electronic noses” work.
- the binding should be sufficient to allow the analyte to remain bound under the conditions of the assay, including wash steps to remove non-specific binding.
- the binding constants of the analyte to the binding ligand will be at least about 10 ⁇ 4 to 10 ⁇ 6 M ⁇ 1 , with at least about 10 ⁇ 5 to 10 ⁇ 9 being preferred and at least about 10 7 to 10 ⁇ 9 M ⁇ 1 being particularly preferred.
- the composition of the binding ligand will depend on the composition of the target analyte. Binding ligands to a wide variety of analytes are known or can be readily found using known techniques. For example, when the analyte is a single-stranded nucleic acid, the binding ligand is generally a substantially complementary nucleic acid. Alternatively, as is generally described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,270,163, 5,475,096, 5,567,588, 5,595,877, 5,637,459, 5,683,867, 5,705,337, and related patents, hereby incorporated by reference, nucleic acid “aptamers” can be developed for binding to virtually any target analyte.
- the analyte may be a nucleic acid binding protein and the capture binding ligand is either a single-stranded or double-stranded nucleic acid; alternatively, the binding ligand may be a nucleic acid binding protein when the analyte is a single or double-stranded nucleic acid.
- the binding ligands include proteins (particularly including antibodies or fragments thereof (FAbs, etc.)), small molecules, or aptamers, described above.
- Preferred binding ligand proteins include peptides.
- suitable binding ligands include substrates, inhibitors, and other proteins that bind the enzyme, i.e.
- any two molecules that will associate, preferably specifically, may be used, either as the analyte or the binding ligand.
- Suitable analyte/binding ligand pairs include, but are not limited to, antibodies/antigens, receptors/ligand, proteins/nucleic acids; nucleic acids/nucleic acids, enzymes/substrates and/or inhibitors, carbohydrates (including glycoproteins and glycolipids)/lectins, carbohydrates and other binding partners, proteins/proteins; and protein/small molecules. These may be wild-type or derivative sequences.
- the binding ligands are portions (particularly the extracellular portions) of cell surface receptors that are known to multimerize, such as the growth hormone receptor, glucose transporters (particularly GLUT4 receptor), transferrin receptor, epidermal growth factor receptor, low density lipoprotein receptor, high density lipoprotein receptor, leptin receptor, interleukin receptors including IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL-11, IL-12, IL-13, IL-15 and IL-17 receptors, VEGF receptor, PDGF receptor, EPO receptor, TPO receptor, ciliary neurotrophic factor receptor, prolactin receptor, and T-cell receptors.
- cell surface receptors such as the growth hormone receptor, glucose transporters (particularly GLUT4 receptor), transferrin receptor, epidermal growth factor receptor, low density lipoprotein receptor, high density lipoprotein receptor, leptin receptor, interleukin receptors including IL-1, IL-2,
- the binding ligand is a nucleic acid
- preferred compositions and techniques are outlined in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,591,578; 5,824,473; 5,705,348; 5,780,234 and 5,770,369; U.S. Ser. Nos. 08/873,598 08/911,589; WO 98/20162; WO98/12430; WO98/57158; WO 00/16089) WO99/57317; WO99/67425; WO00/24941; PCT US00/10903; WO00/38836; WO99/37819; WO99/57319 and PCTUS00/20476; and related materials, all of which are expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- the method of attachment of the capture binding ligands to the attachment linker will generally be done as is known in the art, and will depend on both the composition of the attachment linker and the capture binding ligand.
- the capture binding ligands are attached to the attachment linker through the use of functional groups on each that can then be used for attachment.
- Preferred functional groups for attachment are amino groups, carboxy groups, oxo groups and thiol groups. These functional groups can then be attached, either directly or indirectly through the use of a linker, sometimes depicted herein as “Z”.
- Linkers are well known in the art; for example, homo-or hetero-bifunctional linkers as are well known (see 1994 Pierce Chemical Company catalog, technical section on cross-linkers, pages 155-200, incorporated herein by reference).
- Preferred Z linkers include, but are not limited to, alkyl groups (including substituted alkyl groups and alkyl groups containing heteroatom moieties), with short alkyl groups, esters, amide, amine, epoxy groups and ethylene glycol and derivatives being preferred, with propyl, acetylene, and C 2 alkene being especially preferred.
- Z may also be a sulfone group, forming sulfonamide linkages.
- capture binding ligands comprising proteins, lectins, nucleic acids, small organic molecules, carbohydrates, etc. can be added.
- a preferred embodiment utilizes proteinaceous capture binding ligands.
- any number of techniques may be used to attach a proteinaceous capture binding ligand to an attachment linker.
- a wide variety of techniques are known to add moieties to proteins.
- a preferred embodiment utilizes nucleic acids as the capture binding ligand. While most of the following discussion focuses on nucleic acids, as will be appreciated by those in the art, many of the techniques outlined below apply in a similar manner to non-nucleic acid systems as well, and to systems that rely on attachment to surfaces other than metal electrodes.
- the capture probe nucleic acid is covalently attached to the electrode, via an “attachment linker”, that can be either a conductive oligomer (required for mechanism-1 systems) or an insulator.
- an “attachment linker” can be either a conductive oligomer (required for mechanism-1 systems) or an insulator.
- covalently attached herein is meant that two moieties are attached by at least one bond, including sigma bonds, pi bonds and coordination bonds.
- nucleic acid or other binding ligand
- the other end is attached to the electrode.
- any of structures depicted herein may further comprise a nucleic acid effectively as a terminal group.
- the present invention provides compositions comprising nucleic acids covalently attached to electrodes as is generally depicted below in Structure 17:
- X is a conductive oligomer and is an insulator as defined herein.
- F 1 is a linkage that allows the covalent attachment of the electrode and the conductive oligomer or insulator, including bonds, atoms or linkers such as is described herein, for example as “A”, defined below.
- F 2 is a linkage that allows the covalent attachment of the conductive oligomer or insulator to the nucleic acid, and may be a bond, an atom or a linkage as is herein described.
- F 2 may be part of the conductive oligomer, part of the insulator, part of the nucleic acid, or exogeneous to both, for example, as defined herein for “Z”.
- the capture probe nucleic acid is covalently attached to the electrode via an attachment linker.
- the covalent attachment of the nucleic acid and the attachment linker may be accomplished in several ways.
- the attachment is via attachment to the base of the nucleoside, via attachment to the backbone of the nucleic acid (either the ribose, the phosphate, or to an analogous group of a nucleic acid analog backbone), or via a transition metal ligand, as described below.
- the techniques outlined below are generally described for naturally occurring nucleic acids, although as will be appreciated by those in the art, similar techniques may be used with nucleic acid analogs, and in some cases with other binding ligands.
- most of the structures herein depict conductive oligomers as the attachment linkers, but insulators such as alkyl chains are preferred in many embodiments.
- the attachment linker is attached to the base of a nucleoside of the nucleic acid. This may be done in several ways, depending on the linker, as is described below. In one embodiment, the linker is attached to a terminal nucleoside, i.e. either the 3′ or 5′ nucleoside of the nucleic acid. Alternatively, the linker is attached to an internal nucleoside.
- the point of attachment to the base will vary with the base. Generally, attachment at any position is possible. In some embodiments, for example when the probe containing the ETMs may be used for hybridization (i.e. mechanism-1 systems), it is preferred to attach at positions not involved in hydrogen bonding to the complementary base. Thus, for example, generally attachment is to the 5 or 6 position of pyrimidines such as uridine, cytosine and thymine. For purines such as adenine and guanine, the linkage is preferably via the 8 position. Attachment to non-standard bases is preferably done at the comparable positions.
- the attachment is direct; that is, there are no intervening atoms between the attachment linker and the base.
- attachment linkers comprising conductive oligomers with terminal acetylene bonds are attached directly to the base.
- Structure 18 is an example of this linkage, using a Structure 3 conductive oligomer and uridine as the base, although other bases and attachment linkers can be used as will be appreciated by those in the art:
- the pentose structures depicted herein may have hydrogen, hydroxy, phosphates or other groups such as amino groups attached.
- the pentose and nucleoside structures depicted herein are depicted non-conventionally, as mirror images of the normal rendering.
- the pentose and nucleoside structures may also contain additional groups, such as protecting groups, at any position, for example as needed during synthesis.
- the base may contain additional modifications as needed, i.e. the carbonyl or amine groups may be altered or protected.
- the attachment is any number of different Z linkers, including amide and amine linkages, as is generally depicted in Structure 19 using uridine as the base and a Structure 3 oligomer as the attachment linker:
- Z is a linker.
- Z is a short linker of about 1 to about 10 atoms, with from 1 to 5 atoms being preferred, that may or may not contain alkene, alkynyl, amine, amide, azo, imine, etc., bonds.
- Linkers are known in the art; for example, homo-or hetero-bifunctional linkers as are well known (see 1994 Pierce Chemical Company catalog, technical section on cross-linkers, pages 155-200, incorporated herein by reference).
- Preferred Z linkers include, but are not limited to, alkyl groups (including substituted alkyl groups and alkyl groups containing heteroatom moieties), with short alkyl groups, esters, amide, amine, epoxy groups and ethylene glycol and derivatives being preferred, with propyl, acetylene, and C 2 alkene being especially preferred.
- Z may also be a sulfone group, forming sulfonamide linkages as discussed below.
- the attachment of the nucleic acid and the attachment linker is done via attachment to the backbone of the nucleic acid. This may be done in a number of ways, including attachment to a ribose of the ribose-phosphate backbone, or to the phosphate of the backbone, or other groups of analogous backbones.
- the site of attachment in this embodiment may be to a 3′ or 5′ terminal nucleotide, or to an internal nucleotide, as is more fully described below.
- a preferred embodiment utilizes amino-modified nucleosides. These amino-modified riboses can then be used to form either amide or amine linkages to the conductive oligomers.
- the amino group is attached directly to the ribose, although as will be appreciated by those in the art, short linkers such as those described herein for “Z” may be present between the amino group and the ribose.
- an amide linkage is used for attachment to the ribose.
- m is zero and thus the conductive oligomer terminates in the amide bond.
- the nitrogen of the amino group of the amino-modified ribose is the “D” atom of the conductive oligomer.
- Structure 20 has the terminal bond fixed as an amide bond.
- both m and t are not zero.
- a preferred Z here is a methylene group, or other aliphatic alkyl linkers. One, two or three carbons in this position are particularly useful for synthetic reasons.
- M is a metal atom, with transition metals being preferred.
- Suitable transition metals for use in the invention include, but are not limited to, cadmium (Cd), copper (Cu), cobalt (Co), palladium (Pd), zinc (Zn), iron (Fe), ruthenium (Ru), rhodium (Rh), osmium (Os), rhenium (Re), platinium (Pt), scandium (Sc), titanium (Ti), Vanadium (V), chromium (Cr), manganese (Mn), nickel (Ni), Molybdenum (Mo), technetium (Tc), tungsten (W), and iridium (Ir).
- the first series of transition metals the platinum metals (Ru, Rh, Pd, Os, Ir and Pt), along with Fe, Re, W, Mo and Tc, are preferred.
- Particularly preferred are ruthenium, rhenium, osmium, platinium, cobalt and iron.
- L are the co-ligands, that provide the coordination atoms for the binding of the metal ion.
- the number and nature of the co-ligands will depend on the coordination number of the metal ion.
- Mono-, di- or polydentate co-ligands may be used at any position.
- r may range from zero (when all coordination atoms are provided by the other two ligands) to four, when all the co-ligands are monodentate.
- r will be from 0 to 8, depending on the coordination number of the metal ion and the choice of the other ligands.
- the metal ion has a coordination number of six and both the ligand attached to the conductive oligomer and the ligand attached to the nucleic acid are at least bidentate; that is, r is preferably zero, one (i.e. the remaining co-ligand is bidentate) or two (two monodentate co-ligands are used).
- the co-ligands can be the same or different. Suitable ligands fall into two categories: ligands which use nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, carbon or phosphorus atoms (depending on the metal ion) as the coordination atoms (generally referred to in the literature as sigma ( ⁇ ) donors) and organometallic ligands such as metallocene ligands (generally referred to in the literature as pi ( ⁇ ) donors, and depicted herein as L m ).
- Suitable nitrogen donating ligands are well known in the art and include, but are not limited to, NH 2 ; NHR; NRR′; pyridine; pyrazine; isonicotinamide; imidazole; bipyridine and substituted derivatives of bipyridine; terpyridine and substituted derivatives; phenanthrolines, particularly 1,10-phenanthroline (abbreviated phen) and substituted derivatives of phenanthrolines such as 4,7-dimethylphenanthroline and dipyridol[3,2-a:2′,3′-c]phenazine (abbreviated dppz); dipyridophenazine; 1,4,5,8,9,12-hexaazatriphenylene (abbreviated hat); 9,10-phenanthrenequinone diimine (abbreviated phi); 1,4,5,8-tetraazaphenanthrene (abbreviated tap); 1,4,8,11-tetra-azacyclotetradecane (abbrevi
- Suitable sigma donating ligands using carbon, oxygen, sulfur and phosphorus are known in the art.
- suitable sigma carbon donors are found in Cotton and Wilkenson, Advanced Organic Chemistry, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1988, hereby incorporated by reference; see page 38, for example.
- suitable oxygen ligands include crown ethers, water and others known in the art.
- Phosphines and substituted phosphines are also suitable; see page 38 of Cotton and Wilkenson.
- oxygen, sulfur, phosphorus and nitrogen-donating ligands are attached in such a manner as to allow the heteroatoms to serve as coordination atoms.
- organometallic ligands are used.
- transition metal organometallic compounds with ⁇ -bonded organic ligands see Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, 5th Ed., Cotton & Wilkinson, John Wiley & Sons, 1988, chapter 26; Organometallics, A Concise Introduction, Elschenbroich et al., 2nd Ed., 1992, VCH; and Comprehensive Organometallic Chemistry II, A Review of the Literature 1982-1994, Abel et al. Ed., Vol.
- organometallic ligands include cyclic aromatic compounds such as the cyclopentadienide ion [C 5 H 5 ( ⁇ 1)] and various ring substituted and ring fused derivatives, such as the indenylide ( ⁇ 1) ion, that yield a class of bis(cyclopentadieyl) metal compounds, (i.e. the metallocenes); see for example Robins et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 104:1882-1893 (1982); and Gassman et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 108:4228-4229 (1986), incorporated by reference.
- cyclic aromatic compounds such as the cyclopentadienide ion [C 5 H 5 ( ⁇ 1)]
- various ring substituted and ring fused derivatives such as the indenylide ( ⁇ 1) ion
- ferrocene [(C 5 H 5 ) 2 Fe] and its derivatives are prototypical examples which have been used in a wide variety of chemical (Connelly et al., Chem. Rev. 96:877-910 (1996), incorporated by reference) and electrochemical (Geiger et al., Advances in Organometallic Chemistry 23:1-93; and Geiger et al., Advances in Organometallic Chemistry 24:87, incorporated by reference) electron transfer or “redox” reactions.
- Metallocene derivatives of a variety of the first, second and third row transition metals are potential candidates as redox moieties that are covalently attached to either the ribose ring or the nucleoside base of nucleic acid.
- organometallic ligands include cyclic arenes such as benzene, to yield bis(arene)metal compounds and their ring substituted and ring fused derivatives, of which bis(benzene)chromium is a prototypical example,
- Other acyclic ⁇ -bonded ligands such as the allyl( ⁇ 1) ion, or butadiene yield potentially suitable organometallic compounds, and all such ligands, in conjuction with other n-bonded and ⁇ -bonded ligands constitute the general class of organometallic compounds in which there is a metal to carbon bond. Electrochemical studies of various dimers and oligomers of such compounds with bridging organic ligands, and additional non-bridging ligands, as well as with and without metal-metal bonds are potential candidate redox moieties in nucleic acid analysis.
- the ligand is generally attached via one of the carbon atoms of the organometallic ligand, although attachment may be via other atoms for heterocyclic ligands.
- Preferred organometallic ligands include metallocene ligands, including substituted derivatives and the metalloceneophanes (see page 1174 of Cotton and Wilkenson, supra).
- derivatives of metallocene ligands such as methylcyclopentadienyl, with multiple methyl groups being preferred, such as pentamethylcyclopentadienyl, can be used to increase the stability of the metallocene.
- only one of the two metallocene ligands of a metallocene are derivatized.
- any combination of ligands may be used.
- Preferred combinations include: a) all ligands are nitrogen donating ligands; b) all ligands are organometallic ligands; and c) the ligand at the terminus of the attachment linker is a metallocene ligand and the ligand provided by the nucleic acid is a nitrogen donating ligand, with the other ligands, if needed, are either nitrogen donating ligands or metallocene ligands, or a mixture.
- attachment linkers such as alkyl groups may also be utilized.
- the ligands used in the invention show altered fluoroscent properties depending on the redox state of the chelated metal ion. As described below, this thus serves as an additional mode of detection of electron transfer between the ETM and the electrode.
- the ligand attached to the nucleic acid is an amino group attached to the 2′ or 3′ position of a ribose of the ribose-phosphate backbone.
- This ligand may contain a multiplicity of amino groups so as to form a polydentate ligand which binds the metal ion.
- Other preferred ligands include cyclopentadiene and phenanthroline.
- the capture probe nucleic acids are covalently attached to the electrode via an insulator (e.g. the attachment linker is an insulator).
- an insulator e.g. the attachment linker is an insulator.
- the attachment of nucleic acids (and other binding ligands) to insulators such as alkyl groups is well known, and can be done to the base or the backbone, including the ribose or phosphate for backbones containing these moieties, or to alternate backbones for nucleic acid analogs.
- different capture probes, or one capture probes with a multiplicity of different capture extender probes can be used.
- a number of capture probes are designed and used for each target sequence. That is, a single electrode pad of the array may have 1 probe to the target analyte, or a plurality of probes to the same target sequence, preferably (but not required to be) non-overlapping. This is particularly preferred for long target sequences. In this embodiment, at least two different capture probes are used, with at least 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 being preferred, and 8 being particularly preferred.
- the present invention provides substrates comprising at least one detection electrode comprising monolayers and capture binding ligands, useful in target analyte detection systems.
- the compositions further comprise a solution or soluble binding ligand, although as is more fully described below, for mechanism-1 systems, the ETMs may be added in the form of non-covalently attached hybridization indicators.
- Solution binding ligands are similar to capture binding ligands, in that they bind, preferably specifically, to target analytes.
- the solution binding ligand (generally referred to herein as label probes when the target analytes are nucleic acids) may be the same or different from the capture binding ligand.
- the solution binding ligands are not directly attached to the surface.
- the solution binding ligand either directly comprises a recruitment linker that comprises at least one ETM (FIG. 4A from 60/190,259), or the recruitment linker binds, either directly (FIG. 4A) or indirectly (FIG. 4E), to the solution binding ligand.
- solution binding ligands or “soluble binding ligands” or “signal carriers” or “label probes” or “label binding ligands” with recruitment linkers comprising covalently attached ETMs are provided.
- one portion of the label probe or solution binding ligand directly or indirectly binds to the target analyte, and one portion comprises a recruitment linker comprising covalently attached ETMs.
- the recruitment linker comprises nucleic acid that will hybridize to detection probes.
- Preferred ETMs include, but are not limited to, transition metal complexes, organic ETMs, and electrodes.
- the ETMs are transition metal complexes.
- Transition metals are those whose atoms have a partial or complete d shell of electrons. Suitable transition metals for use in the invention are listed above.
- transition metals are complexed with a variety of ligands, L, defined above, to form suitable transition metal complexes, as is well known in the art.
- Preferred ETMs comprise metallocenes, particularly ferrocene.
- organic electron donors and acceptors may be covalently attached to the nucleic acid for use in the invention.
- organic molecules include, but are not limited to, riboflavin, xanthene dyes, azine dyes, acridine orange, N,N′-dimethyl-2,7diazapyrenium dichloride (DAP 2+ ), methylviologen, ethidium bromide, quinones such as N,N′-dimethylanthra(2,1,9-def:6,5,10-d′e′f′) diisoquinoline dichloride (ADIQ 2+ ); porphyrins ([meso-tetrakis(N-methyl-x-pyridinium)porphyrin tetrachloride], varlamine blue B hydrochloride, Bindschedler's green; 2,6-dichloroindophenol, 2,6-dibromophenolindophenol; Brilliant crest blue (3
- the electron donors and acceptors are redox proteins as are known in the art. However, redox proteins in many embodiments are not preferred.
- ETMs The choice of the specific ETMs will be influenced by the type of electron transfer detection used, as is generally outlined below.
- Preferred ETMs are metallocenes, with ferrocene being particularly preferred.
- the present invention provides methods and compositions useful in the detection of nucleic acids and other target analytes.
- the compositions of the invention can take on a wide variety of configurations.
- preferred systems of the invention work as follows.
- a target nucleic acid sequence is attached (via hybridization) to an electrode comprising a monolayer, generally including conductive oligomers. This attachment can be either directly to a capture probe on the surface, or indirectly, using capture extender probes.
- the target sequence itself comprises the ETMs.
- a label probe is then added, forming an assay complex.
- the attachment of the label probe may be direct (i.e.
- the hybridization to a portion of the target sequence or indirect (i.e. hybridization to an amplifier probe that hybridizes to the target sequence), with all the required nucleic acids forming an assay complex.
- the second portion of the label probe, the “recruitment linker”, containing the ETMs is brought into spatial proximity to SAM surface on the electrode, and the presence of the ETM can then be detected electronically.
- the present invention provides electrodes comprising monolayers comprising SAM forming species and capture probes, useful in nucleic acid (or other target analyte) detection systems.
- the compositions further comprise a label probe.
- the label probe is nucleic acid, generally single stranded, although as more fully outlined below, it may contain double-stranded portions.
- the label probe comprises a first portion that is capable of hybridizing to a component of the assay complex, defined below, and a second portion that does not hybridize to a component of an assay complex and comprises at least one covalently attached ETM.
- hydrophobic ETMs are preferred in mechanism-2 systems; however, transition metal complexes, although charged, with one or more hydrophobic ligands, such as Ru and Os complexes, also give rise to good signals.
- hydrophobic ligands such as Ru and Os complexes
- electron transfer between the ETM and the electrode is facilitated by the use of linkers or spacers that allow the ETM some flexibility to penetrate into the monolayer; thus the N6 compositions of the invention have a four carbon linker attaching the ETM to the nucleic acid.
- a plurality of ETMs are used.
- the use of multiple ETMs provides signal amplification and thus allows more sensitive detection limits.
- the use of multiple ETMs on nucleic acids that hybridize to complementary strands can cause decreases in T m s of the hybridization complexes depending on the number, site of attachment and spacing between the multiple ETMs, this is not a factor when the ETMs are on the recruitment linker, since this does not hybridize to a complementary sequence.
- pluralities of ETMs are preferred, with at least about 2 ETMs per recruitment linker being preferred, and at least about 10 being particularly preferred, and at least about 20 to 50 being especially preferred. In some instances, very large numbers of ETMs (100 to 1000) can be used.
- the portion of the label probe (or target, in some embodiments) that comprises the ETMs can be nucleic acid, or it can be a non-nucleic acid linker that links the first hybridizable portion of the label probe to the ETMs. That is, since this portion of the label probe is not required for hybridization, it need not be nucleic acid, although this may be done for ease of synthesis.
- the recruitment linker may comprise double-stranded portions.
- the recruitment linker is nucleic acid (including analogs), and attachment of the ETMs can be via (1) a base; (2) the backbone, including the ribose, the phosphate, or comparable structures in nucleic acid analogs; (3) nucleoside replacement, described below; or (4) metallocene polymers, as described below.
- the recruitment linker is non-nucleic acid, and can be either a metallocene polymer or an alkyl-type polymer (including heteroalkyl, as is more fully described below) containing ETM substitution groups. These options are generally depicted in the Figures.
- the recruitment linker is a nucleic acid, and comprises covalently attached ETMs.
- the ETMs may be attached to nucleosides within the nucleic acid in a variety of positions. Preferred embodiments include, but are not limited to, (1) attachment to the base of the nucleoside, attachment of the ETM as a base replacement, (3) attachment to the backbone of the nucleic acid, including either to a ribose of the ribose-phosphate backbone or to a phosphate moiety, or to analogous structures in nucleic acid analogs, and (4) attachment via metallocene polymers, with the latter being preferred.
- the recruitment linker is nucleic acid
- secondary label probes that have a first portion that will hybridize to a portion of the primary label probes and a second portion comprising a recruitment linker as is defined herein. This is generally depicted in FIG. 16H of U.S. Ser. No. 60/190,259 this is similar to the use of an amplifier probe, except that both the primary and the secondary label probes comprise ETMs.
- the ETM is attached to the base of a nucleoside as is generally outlined above for attachment of the attachment linkers. Attachment can be to an internal nucleoside or a terminal nucleoside.
- the covalent attachment to the base will depend in part on the ETM chosen, but in general is similar to the attachment of conductive oligomers to bases, as outlined above. Attachment may generally be done to any position of the base.
- the ETM is a transition metal complex, and thus attachment of a suitable metal ligand to the base leads to the covalent attachment of the ETM.
- similar types of linkages may be used for the attachment of organic ETMs, as will be appreciated by those in the art.
- the C4 attached amino group of cytosine, the C6 attached amino group of adenine, or the C2 attached amino group of guanine may be used as a transition metal ligand.
- Ligands containing aromatic groups can be attached via acetylene linkages as is known in the art (see Comprehensive Organic Synthesis, Trost et al., Ed., Pergamon Press, Chapter 2.4: Coupling Reactions Between sp 2 and sp Carbon Centers, Sonogashira, pp 521-549, and pp 950-953, hereby incorporated by reference).
- Structure 30 depicts a representative structure in the presence of the metal ion and any other necessary ligands; Structure 30 depicts uridine, although as for all the structures herein, any other base may also be used.
- L a is a ligand, which may include nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur or phosphorus donating ligands or organometallic ligands such as metallocene ligands.
- Suitable L a ligands include, but not limited to, phenanthroline, imidazole, bpy and terpy.
- L r and M are as defined above.
- a linker (“Z”) may be included between the nucleoside and the ETM.
- the linkage may be done using a linker, which may utilize an amide linkage (see generally Telser et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 111:7221-7226 (1989); Telser et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 111:7226-7232 (1989), both of which are expressly incorporated by reference).
- a linker which may utilize an amide linkage (see generally Telser et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 111:7221-7226 (1989); Telser et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 111:7226-7232 (1989), both of which are expressly incorporated by reference).
- amide linkage see generally Telser et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 111:7221-7226 (1989); Telser et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 111:7226-7232 (1989), both of which are expressly
- L is a ligand as defined above, with L r and M as defined above as well.
- L is amino, phen, byp and terpy.
- the ETM attached to a nucleoside is a metallocene; i.e. the L and L r of Structure 31 are both metallocene ligands, L m , as described above.
- Structure 32 depicts a preferred embodiment wherein the metallocene is ferrocene, and the base is uridine, although other bases may be used:
- Preferred metallocenes include ferrocene, cobaltocene and osmiumocene.
- the ETM is attached to a ribose at any position of the ribose-phosphate backbone of the nucleic acid, i.e. either the 5′ or 3′ terminus or any internal nucleoside.
- Ribose in this case can include ribose analogs.
- nucleosides that are modified at either the 2′ or 3′ position of the ribose can be made, with nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and phosphorus-containing modifications possible. Amino-modified and oxygen-modified ribose is preferred. See generally PCT publication WO 95/15971, incorporated herein by reference.
- modification groups may be used as a transition metal ligand, or as a chemically functional moiety for attachment of other transition metal ligands and organometallic ligands, or organic electron donor moieties as will be appreciated by those in the art.
- a linker such as depicted herein for “Z” may be used as well, or a conductive oligomer between the ribose and the ETM.
- Preferred embodiments utilize attachment at the 2′ or 3′ position of the ribose, with the 2′ position being preferred.
- the conductive oligomers depicted in Structure 13, 14 and 15 may be replaced by ETMs; alternatively, the ETMs may be added to the free terminus of the conductive oligomer.
- a metallocene serves as the ETM, and is attached via an amide bond as depicted below in Structure 33.
- the examples outline the synthesis of a preferred compound when the metallocene is ferrocene.
- amine linkages are used, as is generally depicted in Structure 34.
- Z is a linker, as defined herein, with 1-16 atoms being preferred, and 2-4 atoms being particularly preferred, and t is either one or zero.
- oxo linkages are used, as is generally depicted in Structure 35.
- Z is a linker, as defined herein, and t is either one or zero.
- an ETM is attached to a phosphate at any position of the ribose-phosphate backbone of the nucleic acid. This may be done in a variety of ways.
- phosphodiester bond analogs such as phosphoramide or phosphoramidite linkages may be incorporated into a nucleic acid, where the heteroatom (i.e. nitrogen) serves as a transition metal ligand (see PCT publication WO 95/15971, incorporated by reference).
- the conductive oligomers depicted in Structures 23 and 24 may be replaced by ETMs.
- the composition has the structure shown in Structure 36.
- the ETM is attached via a phosphate linkage, generally through the use of a linker, Z.
- alkyl-based linkers can be used to create multiple branching structures comprising one or more ETMs at the terminus of each branch (although internal ETMs can be used as well). Generally, this is done by creating branch points containing multiple hydroxy groups, which optionally can then be used to add additional branch points. The terminal hydroxy groups can then be used in phosphoramidite reactions to add ETMs, as is generally done below for the nucleoside replacement and metallocene polymer reactions.
- the branch point can be an internal one or a terminal one, and can be a chemical branch point or a nucleoside branch point.
- an ETM such as a metallocene is used as a “nucleoside replacement”, serving as an ETM.
- the distance between the two cyclopentadiene rings of ferrocene is similar to the orthongonal distance between two bases in a double stranded nucleic acid.
- Other metallocenes in addition to ferrocene may be used, for example, air stable metallocenes such as those containing cobalt or ruthenium.
- metallocene moieties may be incorporated into the backbone of a nucleic acid, as is generally depicted in Structure 37 (nucleic acid with a ribose-phosphate backbone) and Structure 38 (peptide nucleic acid backbone).
- Structures 37 and 38 depict ferrocene, although as will be appreciated by those in the art, other metallocenes may be used as well. In general, air stable metallocenes are preferred, including metallocenes utilizing ruthenium and cobalt as the metal.
- Z is a linker as defined above, with generally short, alkyl groups, including heteroatoms such as oxygen being preferred. Generally, what is important is the length of the linker, such that minimal perturbations of a double stranded nucleic acid is effected, as is more fully described below. Thus, methylene, ethylene, ethylene glycols, propylene and butylene are all preferred, with ethylene and ethylene glycol being particularly preferred.
- each Z linker may be the same or different.
- Structure 37 depicts a ribose-phosphate backbone, although as will be appreciated by those in the art, nucleic acid analogs may also be used, including ribose analogs and phosphate bond analogs.
- ETMs in addition to metallocenes, as A nucleoside replacements or in polymer embodiments, described below.
- the ETM is a transition metal complex other than a metallocene, comprising one, two or three (or more) ligands
- the ligands can be functionalized as depicted for the ferrocene to allow the addition of phosphoramidite groups.
- complexes comprising at least two ring (for example, aryl and substituted aryl) ligands, where each of the ligands comprises functional groups for attachment via phosphoramidite chemistry.
- this type of reaction creating polymers of ETMs either as a portion of the backbone of the nucleic acid or as “side groups” of the nucleic acids, to allow amplification of the signals generated herein, can be done with virtually any ETM that can be functionalized to contain the correct chemical groups.
- nucleic acid analogs are made; that is, the invention provides nucleic acids having a backbone comprising at least one metallocene.
- a metallocene such as ferrocene (or other ETM)
- the invention provides nucleic acids having a backbone comprising at least one metallocene.
- nucleic acids having metallocenes attached to the backbone i.e. via a ribose, a phosphate, etc. That is, two nucleic acids each made up of a traditional nucleic acid or analog (nucleic acids in this case including a single nucleoside), may be covalently attached to each other via a metallocene.
- a metallocene derivative or substituted metallocene is provided, wherein each of the two aromatic rings of the metallocene has a nucleic acid substitutent group.
- metallocene polymers that is, there are areas of metallocene polymers within the backbone.
- nucleic acid substitutent groups it is also desirable in some instances to add additional substitutent groups to one or both of the aromatic rings of the metallocene (or ETM).
- ETM metallocene
- these nucleoside replacements are generally part of probe sequences to be hybridized with a substantially complementary nucleic acid, for example a target sequence or another probe sequence
- substitutent groups to the metallocene rings to facilitate hydrogen bonding to the base or bases on the opposite strand. These may be added to any position on the metallocene rings.
- Suitable substitutent groups include, but are not limited to, amide groups, amine groups, carboxylic acids, and alcohols, including substituted alcohols.
- these substitutent groups can be attached via linkers as well, although in general this is not preferred.
- substitutent groups on an ETM may be added to alter the redox properties of the ETM.
- metallocenes such as ferrocene
- substitutent groups on the metallocene may allow two different ETMs to be distinguished.
- the intermediate components are also provided.
- the invention provides phosphoramidite metallocenes, as generally depicted in Structure 39:
- PG is a protecting group, generally suitable for use in nucleic acid synthesis, with DMT, MMT and TMT all being preferred.
- the aromatic rings can either be the rings of the metallocene, or aromatic rings of ligands for transition metal complexes or other organic ETMs.
- the aromatic rings may be the same or different, and may be substituted as discussed herein.
- Structure 40 depicts the ferrocene derivative:
- Structure 41 depicts the ferrocene peptide nucleic acid (PNA) monomer, that can be added to PNA synthesis as is known in the art:
- the PG protecting group is suitable for use in peptide nucleic acid synthesis, with MMT, boc and Fmoc being preferred.
- ETM or metallocene polymers which are added to the nucleic acids, rather than as backbone replacements, as is more fully described below.
- the ETMs are attached as polymers, for example as metallocene polymers, in a “branched” configuration similar to the “branched DNA” embodiments herein and as outlined in U.S. Pat. No. 5,124,246, using modified functionalized nucleotides.
- the general idea is as follows. A modified phosphoramidite nucleotide is generated that can ultimately contain a free hydroxy group that can be used in the attachment of phosphoramidite ETMs such as metallocenes. This free hydroxy group could be on the base or the backbone, such as the ribose or the phosphate (although as will be appreciated by those in the art, nucleic acid analogs containing other structures can also be used).
- the modified nucleotide is incorporated into a nucleic acid, and any hydroxy protecting groups are removed, thus leaving the free hydroxyl.
- a phosphoramidite ETM such as a metallocene
- ETMs such as metallocene ETMs
- Additional phosphoramidite ETMs such as metallocenes can be added, to form “ETM polymers”, including “metallocene polymers” as depicted herein, particularly for ferrocene.
- solubility of the polymers it is desirable to increase the solubility of the polymers by adding a “capping” group to the terminal ETM in the polymer, for example a final phosphate group to the metallocene as is generally depicted in FIG. 12 .
- a “capping” group to the terminal ETM in the polymer, for example a final phosphate group to the metallocene as is generally depicted in FIG. 12 .
- a solubility enhancing “capping” groups will be appreciated by those in the art. It should be noted that these solubility enhancing groups can be added to the polymers in other places, including to the ligand rings, for example on the metallocenes as discussed herein
- the 2′ position of a ribose of a phosphoramidite nucleotide is first functionalized to contain a protected hydroxy group, in this case via an oxo-linkage, although any number of linkers can be used, as is generally described herein for Z linkers.
- the protected modified nucleotide is then incorporated via standard phosphoramidite chemistry into a growing nucleic acid.
- the protecting group is removed, and the free hydroxy group is used, again using standard phosphoramidite chemistry to add a phosphoramidite metallocene such as ferrocene.
- a similar reaction is possible for nucleic acid analogs. For example, using peptide nucleic acids and the metallocene monomer shown in Structure 41, peptide nucleic acid structures containing metallocene polymers could be generated.
- the present invention provides recruitment linkers of nucleic acids comprising “branches” of metallocene polymers as is generally depicted in FIGS. 12 and 13 .
- Preferred embodiments also utilize metallocene polymers from one to about 50 metallocenes in length, with from about 5 to about 20 being preferred and from about 5 to about 10 being especially preferred.
- the recruitment linker is nucleic acid
- any combination of ETM attachments may be done.
- the recruitment linker is not nucleic acid, and instead may be any sort of linker or polymer.
- linker or polymer that can be modified to contain ETMs can be used.
- the polymers or linkers should be reasonably soluble and contain suitable functional groups for the addition of ETMs.
- a “recruitment polymer” comprises at least two or three subunits, which are covalently attached. At least some portion of the monomeric subunits contain functional groups for the covalent attachment of ETMs. In some embodiments coupling moieties are used to covalently link the subunits with the ETMs. Preferred functional groups for attachment are amino groups, carboxy groups, oxo groups and thiol groups, with amino groups being particularly preferred. As will be appreciated by those in the art, a wide variety of recruitment polymers are possible.
- Suitable linkers include, but are not limited to, alkyl linkers (including heteroalkyl (including (poly)ethylene glycol-type structures), substituted alkyl, aryalkyl linkers, etc.
- the linkers will comprise one or more functional groups for the attachment of ETMs, which will be done as will be appreciated by those in the art, for example through the use homo-or hetero-bifunctional linkers as are well known (see 1994 Pierce Chemical Company catalog, technical section on cross-linkers, pages 155-200, incorporated herein by reference).
- Suitable recruitment polymers include, but are not limited to, functionalized styrenes, such as amino styrene, functionalized dextrans, and polyamino acids.
- Preferred polymers are polyamino acids (both poly-D-amino acids and poly-L-amino acids), such as polylysine, and polymers containing lysine and other amino acids being particularly preferred.
- Other suitable polyamino acids are polyglutamic acid, polyaspartic acid, co-polymers of lysine and glutamic or aspartic acid, co-polymers of lysine with alanine, tyrosine, phenylalanine, serine, tryptophan, and/or proline.
- the recruitment linker comprises a metallocene polymer, as is described above.
- the attachment of the recruitment linkers to the first portion of the label probe will depend on the composition of the recruitment linker, as will be appreciated by those in the art.
- the recruitment linker is nucleic acid, it is generally formed during the synthesis of the first portion of the label probe, with incorporation of nucleosides containing ETMs as required.
- the first portion of the label probe and the recruitment linker may be made separately, and then attached. For example, there may be an overlapping section of complementarity, forming a section of double stranded nucleic acid that can then be chemically crosslinked, for example by using psoralen as is known in the art.
- attachment of the linker/polymer of the recruitment linker will be done generally using standard chemical techniques, such as will be appreciated by those in the art.
- attachment can be similar to the attachment of insulators to nucleic acids.
- recruitment linkers that are mixtures of nucleic acids and non-nucleic acids, either in a linear form (i.e. nucleic acid segments linked together with alkyl linkers) or in branched forms (nucleic acids with alkyl “branches” that may contain ETMs and may be additionally branched).
- the target sequence itself that carries the ETMs, rather than the recruitment linker of a label probe.
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- preferred attachments in this embodiment are to the base or ribose of the nucleotide.
- PCR amplification of a target sequence will result in target sequences comprising ETMs, generally randomly incorporated into the sequence.
- the system of the invention can then be configured to allow detection using these ETMs, as is generally depicted in FIGS. 16A, 16B and 16D of U.S. Ser. No. 60/190,259.
- compositions utilizing electrodes comprising monolayers of conductive oligomers and capture probes, and target sequences that comprises a first portion that is capable of hybridizing to a component of an assay complex, and a second portion that does not hybridize to a component of an assay complex and comprises at least one covalently attached electron transfer moiety.
- methods utilizing these compositions are also provided.
- ETMs connected to probe sequences, i.e. sequences designed to hybridize to complementary sequences.
- ETMs may be added to non-recruitment linkers as well.
- ETMs may be added to sections of label probes that do hybridize to components of the assay complex, for example the first portion, or to the target sequence as outlined above.
- These ETMs may be used for electron transfer detection in some embodiments, or they may not, depending on the location and system.
- the target sequence containing randomly incorporated ETMs is hybridized directly to the capture probe, as is depicted in FIG. 16A of U.S. Ser. No.
- ETMs there may be ETMs in the portion hybridizing to the capture probe. If the capture probe is attached to the electrode using a conductive oligomer, these ETMs can be used to detect electron transfer as has been previously described. Alternatively, these ETMs may not be specifically detected.
- the recruitment linker when the recruitment linker is nucleic acid, it may be desirable in some instances to have some or all of the recruitment linker be double stranded.
- the first recruitment linker comprises the covalently attached ETMs.
- the second recruitment linker contains the ETMs, and the first recruitment linker does not, and the ETMs are recruited to the surface by hybridization of the second recruitment linker to the first.
- both the first and second recruitment linkers comprise ETMs.
- nucleic acids comprising a large number of ETMs may not hybridize as well, i.e. the T m may be decreased, depending on the site of attachment and the characteristics of the ETM.
- the T m may be decreased, depending on the site of attachment and the characteristics of the ETM.
- the ETMs when multiple ETMs are used on hybridizing strands, generally there are less than about 5, with less than about 3 being preferred, or alternatively the ETMs should be spaced sufficiently far apart that the intervening nucleotides can sufficiently hybridize to allow good kinetics.
- non-covalently attached ETMs may be used.
- the ETM is a hybridization indicator.
- Hybridization indicators serve as an ETM that will preferentially associate with double stranded nucleic acid is added, usually reversibly, similar to the method of Millan et al., Anal. Chem. 65:2317-2323 (1993); Millan et al., Anal. Chem. 662943-2948 (1994), both of which are hereby expressly incorporated by reference.
- increases in the local concentration of ETMs, due to the association of the ETM hybridization indicator with double stranded nucleic acid at the surface can be monitored using the monolayers comprising the conductive oligomers.
- Hybridization indicators include intercalators and minor and/or major groove binding moieties.
- intercalators may be used; since intercalation generally only occurs in the presence of double stranded nucleic acid, only in the presence of double stranded nucleic acid will the ETMs concentrate. Intercalating transition metal complex ETMs are known in the art. Similarly, major or minor groove binding moieties, such as methylene blue, may also be used in this embodiment.
- the systems of the invention may utilize non-covalently attached ETMs, as is generally described in Napier et al., Bioconj. Chem. 8:906 (1997), hereby expressly incorporated by reference.
- ETMs non-covalently attached ETMs
- changes in the redox state of certain molecules as a result of the presence of DNA i.e. guanine oxidation by ruthenium complexes
- SAMs comprising conductive oligomers as well.
- the present invention provides electrodes comprising monolayers comprising conductive oligomers, generally including capture probes, and either target sequences or label probes comprising recruitment linkers containing ETMs.
- Probes of the present invention are designed to be complementary to a target sequence (either the target sequence of the sample or to other probe sequences, as is described below), such that hybridization of the target sequence and the probes of the present invention occurs. As outlined below, this complementarity need not be perfect; there may be any number of base pair mismatches which will interfere with hybridization between the target sequence and the single stranded nucleic acids of the present invention.
- the sequence is not a complementary target sequence.
- substantially complementary herein is meant that the probes are sufficiently complementary to the target sequences to hybridize under normal reaction conditions.
- the nucleic acid compositions of the invention are useful as oligonucleotide probes.
- the length of the probe will vary with the length of the target sequence and the hybridization and wash conditions.
- oligonucleotide probes range from about 8 to about 50 nucleotides, with from about 10 to about 30 being preferred and from about 12 to about 25 being especially preferred. In some cases, very long probes may be used, e.g. 50 to 200-300 nucleotides in length.
- nucleosides may be replaced with nucleic acids.
- hybridization conditions may be used in the present invention, including high, moderate and low stringency conditions; see for example Maniatis et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2d Edition, 1989, and Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, ed. Ausubel, et al., hereby incorporated by reference.
- the hybridization conditions may also vary when a non-ionic backbone, i.e. PNA is used, as is known in the art.
- cross-linking agents may be added after target binding to cross-link, i.e. covalently attach, the two strands of the hybridization complex.
- the systems of the invention may take on a large number of different configurations, as is generally depicted in the Figures of U.S. Ser. No. 09/626,096 (the Figures in the next paragraphs refer to the figures of U.S. Ser. No. 09/626,096).
- systems in which the target sequence itself is labeled with ETMs see FIGS. 16A, 16B and 16D
- systems in which label probes directly hybridize to the target sequences see FIGS. 16C and 16H
- systems in which label probes are indirectly hybridized to the target sequences, for example through the use of amplifier probes see FIGS. 16E, 16F and 16G.
- the invention provides assay complexes that minimally comprise a target analyte and a capture binding ligand.
- assay complex herein is meant the collection of hybridization complexes comprising nucleic acids, including probes and targets, that contains at least one label (preferably an ETM in the electronic methods of the present invention) and thus allows detection.
- the composition of the assay complex depends on the use of the different probe component outlined herein.
- the assay complexes may also include label probes, capture extender probes, label extender probes, and amplifier probes, as outlined herein and in U.S. Ser. No. 09/626,096, depending on the configuration used.
- the assays are generally run under stringency conditions which allows formation of the label probe hybridization complex only in the presence of target.
- Stringency can be controlled by altering a step parameter that is a thermodynamic variable, including, but not limited to, temperature, formamide concentration, salt concentration, chaotropic salt concentration pH, organic solvent concentration, etc.
- reaction may be accomplished in a variety of ways, as will be appreciated by those in the art. Components of the reaction may be added simultaneously, or sequentially, in any order, with preferred embodiments outlined below.
- the reaction may include a variety of other reagents may be included in the assays. These include reagents like salts, buffers, neutral proteins, e.g. albumin, detergents, etc which may be used to facilitate optimal hybridization and detection, and/or reduce non-specific or background interactions. Also reagents that otherwise improve the efficiency of the assay, such as protease inhibitors, nuclease inhibitors, anti-microbial agents, etc., may be used, depending on the sample preparation methods and purity of the target.
- the present invention provides biochips, with covalently attached capture binding ligands (e.g. capture probes).
- the biochips are incorporated into the cartridges of the invention and then fitted into the stations of the multiplexing devices of the invention for running assays.
- the biochips are attached to the rest of the cartridge in a wide variety of ways.
- the biochip is made directly on a portion of the cartridge and is thus incorporated into the system.
- attachment mechanisms that can be used, depending on the composition and configuration of the two substrates.
- the biochip when the biochip is formulated on printed circuit board material, there can be “pins” or “rods” that are inserted into holes, with subsequent fusion (for example, using solvents or heat). Similarly, surface-to-surface heat or solvent fusion may be done.
- adhesives can be used to glue the two together. Similarly, these techniques can be used with additional sealing components such as gaskets.
- the biochip may “snap” into the cartridge, using components such as molded plastic snapping devices.
- the present invention further provides for holders for the cartridges for loading with samples, prior to loading the cartridges into the stations of the device.
- the holders may be configured in a wide variety of ways, depending on the configuration of the cartridges and caps, if present. For example, holders that align cartridges such that standard reagent handling tools can be used are preferred. As shown in the Figures, holders that allow the use of multichannel pipettemen or robotic systems based on 96 well formats are preferred.
- the holders may also include the caps, positioned for easy use, or reagents and/or buffer components. In general, the holders are fabricated out of materials resistant to the chemicals and reagents used in the assays.
- the cartridges of the invention are designed to be inserted into stations in a multiplexing device.
- the devices of the invention can take on a wide variety of conformations, depending on the desired components, the end use, the ultimate desired size of the instrument, etc.
- Each multiplexing device has a number of different stations into which the cartridges are inserted.
- the cartridge/station pair can be configured in a variety of ways to include the use of “snap-in” locks, asymmetry such that the cartridge only fits into the device in a particular orientation, different size stations for different size cartridges (for example, some rare amount of tests may require special handling and the machines may be designed with special stations for these tests).
- This embodiment may also utilize electronic sensors that detect the presence or absence of a cartridge, or whether the cartridge is correctly positioned.
- the number of stations per device will vary with the desired use. Preferred embodiments utilize at least two or three stations, with at least 5-100 being preferred, and from about 25-50 being particularly preferred, with 48 being especially preferred.
- the devices are laid out as a matrix, with columns and rows of stations.
- each station can have a number of different functional components, including, but not limited to, interconnects to electronic components, thermocontrollers, signaling systems, sensors for leak detection, alphanumeric displays, and detectors.
- the stations comprise matching interconnects for the biochip, to allow electronic communication between the chip and the device.
- each station comprises an individual thermal controller.
- “Thermal controller” or “thermocontroller” in this context includes elements that can both heat and cool the cartridges and thus the samples in the cartridges as well. In general, given the size and function of the systems, it is desirable to utilize small, fast thermocontrollers. There are a wide variety of known suitable thermocontrollers, including Peltier systems.
- thermocontroller should be able to heat/cool samples ranging from 0 to about 100° C. and at a rate ranging from 0.01° C./sec to 10° C./sec.
- thermocontroller can be used after an assay to destroy the biological material in the cartridge. That is, it is frequently desirable to minimize the exposure of health care workers and lab workers to potentially dangerous samples, and to facilitate the disposal of these materials.
- the thermocontroller can be used to heat the spent sample at extreme temperatures for some period of time in order to kill or destroy the sample. In addition, heating in conjunction with the addition of other generally harsh reagents (strong acid, strong base, etc.) can also be used.
- an RF antennae is used to generate plasma that is pumped into the chamber after fluid evacuation to destroy all biological material.
- each station comprising an individual thermal controller
- sets (for example, rows or columns) of the stations share a thermal controller.
- the multiplexing device comprises a single thermal controller.
- the devices of the invention include a “Stat Slot”, where a cartridge can be put in and read right away at one station, rather than run as a sequence.
- the temperature at this station may be preset.
- the stations of the device include signaling systems.
- a system of lights, particularly colored lights, at each station can be used to indicate the status of the cartridge or the assay: cartridge present or absent, assay in progress, error, assay completed, etc.
- the configuration of the lights may be the code (particularly for color blind people); two lights for cartridge in, flashing lights for assay finished, etc.
- these signaling systems may be at each station or at sets of stations.
- the devices of the invention including an alphanumeric display to allow the display of data or other information.
- this display may be used in conjunction with a barcode reader, described below, to show the operator which cartridge was inserted (e.g. the HIV panel, the HCV panel, the infectious disease panel, the breast cancer SNP panel, etc.), or other data about the cartridge (lot or batch number, etc.).
- the display can be used to give the operator the test results, etc.
- a display can be at each station, or there may be displays for sets of stations or for the whole device.
- each station of the device may be configured to allow electrophoresis or dielectrophoresis on the biochip. That is, as is generally described in WO99/67425 and U.S. Ser. No. 09/171,981, hereby incorporated by reference, there may be additional electrodes or electronic components to allow the concentration and/or movement of analytes to the surface of the array.
- the electrophoresis or dielectrophoresis electrodes may be contained on the biochip.
- the device (or alternatively, each station) comprises a barcode reader to read a corresponding barcode on the cartridge.
- barcodes may be used for a wide variety of purposes, including, but not limited to, identifying the sample (e.g. patient number or code), the test being done, the batch number of the chip, calibration information, assay protocols including cycle time, signal processing requirements, etc.
- the barcode can be used to control the instrument.
- instrument control may be through the use of a keyboard, a mouse or a barcode reader.
- the card of barcode commands are found in the drawer of the device, outlined herein.
- each station comprises a memory chip reader.
- each cartridge comprises a memory chip, that can have sample information (e.g. patient number or code), the test being done, the batch number of the chip, calibration information, assay protocols, etc.), or what the user interface looks like (for example, not a number but “HIV positive”), etc.
- each station comprises a memory chip writer to add information to the cartridge, such as what test was done, the date, the results, etc.
- each station has encryption components in conjunction with the cartridge, to encrypt patient information. That is, there is a growing concern regarding the confidentiality of patient information, particularly with regard to employment and insurance issues. Thus for example, in some embodiments, the devices of the invention will not allow the operator to know the results of the test. Rather, the output will be a confirmation that the test was performed correctly and a viable answer received, but nothing as to the actual test being done or the results. The test results themselves, in addition to the patient information, can be encrypted and sent to a remote location as outlined below for processing, decryption or storage.
- the device may include drawers or storage compartments to allow the storage of reagents, cartridges, caps, holders, pipettemen, etc.
- the device comprises a reader at each station.
- the device comprises a single reader that is moved, either by moving the reader or by moving the stations to a single reader within the device.
- the devices of the invention comprise liquid handling components, including components for loading and unloading fluids at each station or sets of stations.
- the liquid handling systems can include robotic systems comprising any number of components.
- any or all of the steps outlined herein may be automated; thus, for example, the systems may be completely or partially automated.
- components which can be used, including, but not limited to, one or more robotic arms; plate handlers for the positioning of microplates; holders with cartridges and/or caps; automated lid or cap handlers to remove and replace lids for wells on non-cross contamination plates; tip assemblies for sample distribution with disposable tips; washable tip assemblies for sample distribution; 96 well loading blocks; cooled reagent racks; microtitler plate pipette positions (optionally cooled); stacking towers for plates and tips; and computer systems.
- Fully robotic or microfluidic systems include automated liquid-, particle-, cell- and organism-handling including high throughput pipetting to perform all steps of screening applications.
- This includes liquid, particle, cell, and organism manipulations such as aspiration, dispensing, mixing, diluting, washing, accurate volumetric transfers; retrieving, and discarding of pipet tips; and repetitive pipetting of identical volumes for multiple deliveries from a single sample aspiration.
- These manipulations are cross-contamination-free liquid, particle, cell, and organism transfers.
- This instrument performs automated replication of microplate samples to filters, membranes, and/or daughter plates, high-density transfers, full-plate serial dilutions, and high capacity operation.
- chemically derivatized particles, plates, cartridges, tubes, magnetic particles, or other solid phase matrix with specificity to the assay components are used.
- the binding surfaces of microplates, tubes or any solid phase matrices include non-polar surfaces, highly polar surfaces, modified dextran coating to promote covalent binding, antibody coating, affinity media to bind fusion proteins or peptides, surface-fixed proteins such as recombinant protein A or G, nucleotide resins or coatings, and other affinity matrix are useful in this invention.
- platforms for multi-well plates, multi-tubes, holders, cartridges, minitubes, deep-well plates, microfuge tubes, cryovials, square well plates, filters, chips, optic fibers, beads, and other solid-phase matrices or platform with various volumes are accommodated on an upgradable modular platform for additional capacity.
- This modular platform includes a variable speed orbital shaker, and multi-position work decks for source samples, sample and reagent dilution, assay plates, sample and reagent reservoirs, pipette tips, and an active wash station.
- thermocycler and thermoregulating systems are used for stabilizing the temperature of the heat exchangers such as controlled blocks or platforms to provide accurate temperature control of incubating samples from 4° C. to 100° C.; this is in addition to or in place of the station thermocontrollers.
- interchangeable pipet heads with single or multiple magnetic probes, affinity probes, or pipetters robotically manipulate the liquid, particles, cells, and organisms.
- Multi-well or multi-tube magnetic separators or platforms manipulate liquid, particles, cells, and organisms in single or multiple sample formats.
- the instrumentation will include a detector, which can be a wide variety of different detectors, depending on the labels and assay.
- useful detectors include a microscope(s) with multiple channels of fluorescence; plate readers to provide fluorescent, ultraviolet and visible spectrophotometric detection with single and dual wavelength endpoint and kinetics capability, fluoroescence resonance energy transfer (FRET), luminescence, quenching, two-photon excitation, and intensity redistribution; CCD cameras to capture and transform data and images into quantifiable formats; and a computer workstation.
- Flow cytometry or capillary electrophoresis formats can be used for individual capture of magnetic and other beads, particles, cells, and organisms.
- the flexible hardware and software allow instrument adaptability for multiple applications.
- the software program modules allow creation, modification, and running of methods.
- the system diagnostic modules allow instrument alignment, correct connections, and motor operations.
- the customized tools, labware, and liquid, particle, cell and organism transfer patterns allow different applications to be performed.
- the database allows method and parameter storage. Robotic and computer interfaces allow communication between instruments.
- the robotic apparatus includes a central processing unit which communicates with a memory and a set of input/output devices (e.g., keyboard, mouse, monitor, printer, etc.) through a bus. Again, as outlined below, this may be in addition to or in place of the CPU for the multiplexing devices of the invention.
- a central processing unit which communicates with a memory and a set of input/output devices (e.g., keyboard, mouse, monitor, printer, etc.) through a bus.
- input/output devices e.g., keyboard, mouse, monitor, printer, etc.
- this may be in addition to or in place of the CPU for the multiplexing devices of the invention.
- the general interaction between a central processing unit, a memory, input/output devices, and a bus is known in the art. Thus, a variety of different procedures, depending on the experiments to be run, are stored in the CPU memory.
- robotic fluid handling systems can utilize any number of different reagents, including buffers, reagents, samples, washes, assay components such as label probes, etc.
- the devices of the invention include sensors for leak detection. These are generally of two types; either electronic measurements of resistance or the spiking of the assay with optical or detectable tags. This may be particularly important in some embodiments where biohazardous materials or caustic chemicals are being tested.
- the devices of the invention comprise a device board that can be used to do a variety of analyses, including signal processing, digital lock-in, comprising logic circuits, etc., as outlined herein.
- the systems of the invention comprise a processor (CPU).
- CPU central processing unit
- This can be physically contained within the apparatus itself, can be connected via a cable, or can be connected using wireless technology. There can be one or more per device.
- the devices of the invention include a localization device, such as a Global Positioning System (GPS) as are known in the art. This may find particular use in agriculture and biowarfare uses, as well as remote diagnosis of problems.
- GPS Global Positioning System
- the devices of the invention include components for the communication of data, assay results, patient information, etc. to an off-device location.
- one or more modems including both telephone and cable modems
- internet cards including both telephone and cable modems
- infrared ports may be included in the devices to allow the transmission of data and other relevant information (barcode information, assay conditions and protocols, operator identification, time stamps, etc.) to a remote location such as a general information repository, hospitals, doctor's offices, epidemiology centers, pharmacies, government centers, insurance providers, etc.
- the devices of the invention include components for wireless communication systems, to allow this transmission of data in the absence of physical electronic or communications connections.
- wireless receivers can be included.
- the present invention provides methods and compositions for the multiplex analysis of samples and target analytes.
- Samples either raw samples or treated samples (e.g. amplified, purified, etc.)
- optional caps are put on, and the cartridges loaded into a station of the device. Additional reagents are added as necessary, and assay complexes formed.
- detection proceeds with electronic initiation. Without being limited by the mechanism or theory, detection is based on the transfer of electrons from the ETM to the electrode.
- Detection of electron transfer i.e. the presence of the ETMs, is generally initiated electronically, with voltage being preferred.
- a potential is applied to the assay complex. Precise control and variations in the applied potential can be via a potentiostat and either a three electrode system (one reference, one sample (or working) and one counter electrode) or a two electrode system (one sample and one counter electrode). This allows matching of applied potential to peak potential of the system which depends in part on the choice of ETMs and in part on the other system components, the composition and integrity of the monolayer, and what type of reference electrode is used. As described herein, ferrocene is a preferred ETM.
- co-reductants or co-oxidants are used as is generally described in WO00/16089, hereby expressly incorporated by reference.
- the presence of the ETMs at the surface of the monolayer can be detected in a variety of ways.
- a variety of detection methods may be used, including, but not limited to, optical detection (as a result of spectral changes upon changes in redox states), which includes fluorescence, phosphorescence, luminiscence, chemiluminescence, electrochemiluminescence, and refractive index; and electronic detection, including, but not limited to, amperommetry, voltammetry, capacitance and impedence.
- time or frequency dependent methods based on AC or DC currents
- pulsed methods lock-in techniques
- filtering high pass, low pass, band pass
- time-resolved techniques including time-resolved fluorescence.
- the efficient transfer of electrons from the ETM to the electrode results in stereotyped changes in the redox state of the ETM.
- ETMs including the complexes of ruthenium containing bipyridine, pyridine and imidazole rings
- these changes in redox state are associated with changes in spectral properties.
- Significant differences in absorbance are observed between reduced and oxidized states for these molecules. See for example Fabbrizzi et al., Chem. Soc. Rev. 1995 pp 197-202). These differences can be monitored using a spectrophotometer or simple photomultiplier tube device.
- possible electron donors and acceptors include all the derivatives listed above for photoactivation or initiation.
- Preferred electron donors and acceptors have characteristically large spectral changes upon oxidation and reduction resulting in highly sensitive monitoring of electron transfer.
- Such examples include Ru(NH 3 ) 4 py and Ru(bpy) 2 im as preferred examples. It should be understood that only the donor or acceptor that is being monitored by absorbance need have ideal spectral characteristics.
- the electron transfer is detected fluorometrically.
- Numerous transition metal complexes, including those of ruthenium, have distinct fluorescence properties. Therefore, the change in redox state of the electron donors and electron acceptors attached to the nucleic acid can be monitored very sensitively using fluorescence, for example with Ru(4,7-biphenyl 2 -phenanthroline) 3 2+ . The production of this compound can be easily measured using standard fluorescence assay techniques.
- laser induced fluorescence can be recorded in a standard single cell fluorimeter, a flow through “on-line” fluorimeter (such as those attached to a chromatography system) or a multi-sample “plate-reader” similar to those marketed for 96-well immuno assays.
- fluorescence can be measured using fiber optic sensors with nucleic acid probes in solution or attached to the fiber optic. Fluorescence is monitored using a photomultiplier tube or other light detection instrument attached to the fiber optic. The advantage of this system is the extremely small volumes of sample that can be assayed.
- scanning fluorescence detectors such as the FluorImager sold by Molecular Dynamics are ideally suited to monitoring the fluorescence of modified nucleic acid molecules arrayed on solid surfaces.
- the advantage of this system is the large number of electron transfer probes that can be scanned at once using chips covered with thousands of distinct nucleic acid probes.
- transition metal complexes display fluorescence with large Stokes shifts. Suitable examples include bis- and trisphenanthroline complexes and bis- and trisbipyridyl complexes of transition metals such as ruthenium (see Juris, A., Balzani, V., et. al. Coord. Chem. Rev., V. 84, p. 85-277, 1988). Preferred examples display efficient fluorescence (reasonably high quantum yields) as well as low reorganization energies.
- electrochemiluminescence is used as the basis of the electron transfer detection.
- ETMs such as Ru 2+ (bpy) 3
- direct luminescence accompanies excited state decay. Changes in this property are associated with nucleic acid hybridization and can be monitored with a simple photomultiplier tube arrangement (see Blackburn, G. F. Clin. Chem. 37: 1534-1539 (1991); and Juris et al., supra.
- electronic detection is used, including amperommetry, voltammetry, capacitance, and impedence.
- Suitable techniques include, but are not limited to, electrogravimetry; coulometry (including controlled potential coulometry and constant current coulometry); voltametry (cyclic voltametry, pulse voltametry (normal pulse voltametry, square wave voltametry, differential pulse voltametry, Osteryoung square wave voltametry, and coulostatic pulse techniques); stripping analysis (aniodic stripping analysis, cathiodic stripping analysis, square wave stripping voltammetry); conductance measurements (electrolytic conductance, direct analysis); time-dependent electrochemical analyses (chronoamperometry, chronopotentiometry, cyclic chronopotentiometry and amperometry, AC polography, chronogalvametry, and chronocoulometry); AC impedance measurement; capacitance measurement; AC voltametry; and photoelectrochemistry.
- monitoring electron transfer is via amperometric detection.
- This method of detection involves applying a potential (as compared to a separate reference electrode) between the nucleic acid-conjugated electrode and a reference (counter) electrode in the sample containing target genes of interest. Electron transfer of differing efficiencies is induced in samples in the presence or absence of target nucleic acid; that is, the presence or absence of the target nucleic acid, and thus the label probe, can result in different currents.
- the device for measuring electron transfer amperometrically involves sensitive current detection and includes a means of controlling the voltage potential, usually a potentiostat. This voltage is optimized with reference to the potential of the electron donating complex on the label probe.
- Possible electron donating complexes include those previously mentioned with complexes of iron, osmium, platinum, cobalt, rhenium and ruthenium being preferred and complexes of iron being most preferred.
- potentiometric (or voltammetric) measurements involve non-faradaic (no net current flow) processes and are utilized traditionally in pH and other ion detectors. Similar sensors are used to monitor electron transfer between the ETM and the electrode.
- other properties of insulators (such as resistance) and of conductors (such as conductivity, impedance and capicitance) could be used to monitor electron transfer between ETM and the electrode.
- any system that generates a current (such as electron transfer) also generates a small magnetic field, which may be monitored in some embodiments.
- one benefit of the fast rates of electron transfer observed in the compositions of the invention is that time resolution can greatly enhance the signal-to-noise results of monitors based on absorbance, fluorescence and electronic current.
- the fast rates of electron transfer of the present invention result both in high signals and stereotyped delays between electron transfer initiation and completion. By amplifying signals of particular delays, such as through the use of pulsed initiation of electron transfer and “lock-in” amplifiers of detection, and Fourier transforms.
- electron transfer is initiated using alternating current (AC) methods.
- AC alternating current
- any technique that can serve to better identify a signal in the background noise may find use in the present invention.
- These techniques are generally classified in three ways: (1) variations in the type or methods of applying the initiation signals (i.e. varying the “input” to maximize or identify the sample signal); (2) data processing, i.e. techniques used on the “output” signals to maximize or identify the sample signal; and (3) variations in the assay itself, i.e. to the electrode surface or to the components of the system, that allow for better identification of the sample signal.
- suitable “input” AC methods include, but are not limited to, using multiple frequencies; increasing the AC amplitude; the use of square wave ACV; the use of special or complicated waveforms; etc.
- suitable “output” AC techniques include, but are not limited to, monitoring higher harmonic frequencies; phase analysis or filters; background subtration techniques (including but not limited to impedance analysis and the use of signal recognition or peak recognition techniques); digital filtering techniques; bandwidth narrowing techniques (including lock-in detection schemes particularly digital lock in), Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) methods; correlation and/or convolution techniques; signal averaging; spectral analysis; etc.
- FFT Fast Fourier Transform
- varying components of the assay can be done to result in the sample signal and the noise signal being altered in a non-parallel fashion; that is, the two signals respond non-linearly with respect to each other.
- non-specifically bound label probes/ETMs show differences in impedance (i.e. higher impedances) than when the label probes containing the ETMs are specifically bound in the correct orientation.
- the non-specifically bound material is washed away, resulting in an effective impedance of infinity.
- frequency response when using AC initiation and detection methods, the frequency response of the system changes as a result of the presence of the ETM.
- frequency response herein is meant a modification of signals as a result of electron transfer between the electrode and the ETM. This modification is different depending on signal frequency.
- a frequency response includes AC currents at one or more frequencies, phase shifts, DC offset voltages, faradaic impedance, etc.
- the first input electrical signal is then applied to the system, preferably via at least the sample electrode (containing the complexes of the invention) and the counter electrode, to initiate electron transfer between the electrode and the ETM.
- the first input signal comprises at least an AC component.
- the AC component may be of variable amplitude and frequency. Generally, for use in the present methods, the AC amplitude ranges from about 1 mV to about 1.1 V, with from about 10 mV to about 800 mV being preferred, and from about 10 mV to about 500 mV being especially preferred.
- the AC frequency ranges from about 0.01 Hz to about 100 MHz, with from about 10 Hz to about 10 MHz being preferred, and from about 100 Hz to about 20 MHz being especially preferred.
- the first input signal comprises a DC component and an AC component. That is, a DC offset voltage between the working and counter electrodes is swept through the electrochemical potential of the ETM (for example, when ferrocene is used, the sweep is generally from 0 to 500 mV) (or alternatively, the working electrode is grounded and the counter electrode is swept from 0 to ⁇ 500 mV).
- the sweep is used to identify the DC voltage at which the maximum response of the system is seen. This is generally at or about the electrochemical potential of the ETM. Once this voltage is determined, either a sweep or one or more uniform DC offset voltages may be used.
- DC offset voltages of from about ⁇ 1 V to about +1.1 V are preferred, with from about ⁇ 500 mV to about +800 mV being especially preferred, and from about ⁇ 300 mV to about 500 mV being particularly preferred. In a preferred embodiment, the DC offset voltage is not zero.
- an AC signal component of variable amplitude and frequency is applied. If the ETM is present, and can respond to the AC perturbation, an AC current will be produced due to electron transfer between the electrode and the ETM.
- the devices of the invention preferably provide voltage sources capable of delivering both AC and DC currents.
- a single input signal may be applied to differentiate between the presence and absence of the ETM (i.e. the presence of the target sequence) nucleic acid.
- a plurality of input signals are applied. As outlined herein, this may take a variety of forms, including using multiple frequencies, multiple DC offset voltages, or multiple AC amplitudes, or combinations of any or all of these.
- DC offset voltages are used, although as outlined above, DC voltage sweeps are preferred. This may be done at a single frequency, or at two or more frequencies.
- the AC frequency is varied.
- different molecules respond in different ways.
- increasing the frequency generally increases the output current.
- higher frequencies result in a loss or decrease of output signal.
- the frequency will be greater than the rate of electron transfer between the ETM and the electrode, and then the output signal will also drop.
- multiple frequencies with a small AC voltage is applied and the fundamental of each is evaluated.
- a preferred embodiment utilizes several frequences with a large ACV, and the harmonics of each are evaluated.
- preferred embodiments utilize several frequencies with a large ACV where the effect of the different frequencies on the system can result in an output that is different from the sum of the outputs at individual frequencies.
- detection utilizes a single measurement of output signal at a single frequency. That is, the frequency response of the system in the absence of target sequence, and thus the absence of label probe containing ETMs, can be previously determined to be very low at a particular high frequency. Using this information, any response at a particular frequency, will show the presence of the assay complex. That is, any response at a particular frequency is characteristic of the assay complex. Thus, it may only be necessary to use a single input frequency, and any changes in frequency response is an indication that the ETM is present, and thus that the target sequence is present.
- one method of increasing the non-linear harmonic response is to increase or vary the amplitude of the AC perturbation, although this may also be used in monitoring the fundamental frequency as well.
- increasing the amplitude increases the driving force nonlinearly.
- the same system gives an improved response (i.e. higher output signals) at any single frequency through the use of higher overpotentials at that frequency.
- the amplitude may be increased at high frequencies to increase the rate of electron transfer through the system, resulting in greater sensitivity.
- this may be used, for example, to induce responses in slower systems such as those that do not possess optimal spacing configurations.
- measurements of the system are taken at least two separate amplitudes or overpotentials, with measurements at a plurality of amplitudes being preferred.
- changes in response as a result of changes in amplitude may form the basis of identification, calibration and quantification of the system.
- one or more AC frequencies can be used as well.
- harmonic square wave ACV is used; see Baranski et al., J. Electroanal. Chem. 373:157 (1994), incorporated herein by reference, although in some embodiments this is not preferred.
- square waves are easier to create digitally and the pulse shape of the square wave can allow for better discrimination against charging capacitance.
- sinusoidal harmonic AC voltammetry harmonic signals provide better signal to background since faradaic response can be more nonlinear than charging capacitance.
- SW harmonic ACV The key difference between the two techniques is the frequency spectrum of the AC waveform.
- a singular frequency sinusoidal waveform contains just the fundamental frequency where as a singular square Wave contains the fundamental frequency as well as all odd harmonics.
- multiple frequency ACV is used.
- the idea is to create a waveform consisting of multiple frequencies with the same amplitude or different amplitudes to excite an electrochemical cell in an ACV fashion.
- the method benefits from fast Fourier transform or joint time-frequency transform to analyze the cell response.
- a JTFT spectrogram of a multiple frequencies ACV provides information on the driven (or fundamental) frequencies as well as their harmonic components. Some possible data analyses are: 1) comparison of response of fundamental frequencies, 2) comparison of all harmonic frequencies, 3) comparison of the response of one particular harmonic frequency of all excited frequencies, and 4) all analyses possible by standard single frequency ACV.
- a fast Fourier transform is done, as is generally outlined in the examples.
- Fourier transform analysis is a preferred method for improving signal to noise and isolating desired signals when sinusoidal electrochemistry is done.
- Typical AC techniques rely on measurements of the primary frequency only.
- sinusoidal voltammetry (and other inputs) observation at higher harmonics allows discrimination of signals primarily based on kinetics. For example, both fast and slow redox events would give similar peaks (provided the AC frequency was not too high) at the primary frequency. However, at higher harmonics, some redox molecules would generate signals while others would not.
- FFT analysis all the various frequency components of a response to a sinusoidal input can be observed at once.
- digital lock-in techniques are used.
- digitized raw data from the electrochemical cell have been analyzed by either fast Fourier transform or some complex form of joint time-frequency transform analysis.
- the major draw back of these methods is the enormous computational time associated with frequency transformation techniques.
- Digital lock-in is simple and fast.
- digital lock-in is identical to analog lock-in.
- the bandwidth narrowing process is done mathematically by multiplying the cell response by a sinusoidal with the same frequency as the input voltage, but with 90° phase shift.
- the technique has the same limitation as its analog counterpart since only one frequency can be analyzed at a time.
- correlation and/or convolution techniques are used.
- ⁇ ⁇ ( ⁇ ) ⁇ S ⁇ ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 2 ⁇ S ⁇ ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 2 + ⁇ N ⁇ ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 2 .
- a kalman filter is used, which is a recursive-estimation filtering technique that tracks the current value of a changing signal in the presence of noise. See Kalman et al., A New Approach to Linear Filtering and Prediction Problems, Trans. ASME J. Basic Engineering, Seires D, 82, Mar. 35, 1960; Elliot Ed. Handbook of Digital Signal Processing: Engineering Applications”, Academic Press, San Diego, p 908, 1987; Chui et al., Kalman Filtering: with Real Time Applications”, Springer-Verlag, New York, 1987; all of which are expressly incorporated by reference.
- measurements of the system are taken at least two separate frequencies, with measurements at a plurality of frequencies being preferred.
- a plurality of frequencies includes a scan. For example, measuring the output signal, e.g., the AC current, at a low input frequency such as 1-20 Hz, and comparing the response to the output signal at high frequency such as 10-100 kHz will show a frequency response difference between the presence and absence of the ETM.
- the frequency response is determined at least two, preferably at least about five, and more preferably at least about ten frequencies.
- the present invention further provides electronic devices or apparatus for the detection of analytes using the compositions of the invention.
- the apparatus includes a test chamber for receiving a sample solution which has at least a first measuring or sample electrode, and a second measuring or counter electrode. Three electrode systems are also useful.
- the first and second measuring electrodes are in contact with a test sample receiving region, such that in the presence of a liquid test sample, the two electrophoresis electrodes may be in electrical contact.
- the apparatus also includes detection electrodes comprising a single stranded nucleic acid capture probe covalently attached via an attachment linker, and a monolayer comprising conductive oligomers, such as are described herein.
- the apparatus further comprises a processor capable of comparing the input signal and the output signal.
- the processor is coupled to the electrodes and configured to receive an output signal, and thus detect the presence of the target nucleic acid.
- compositions of the present invention may be used in a variety of research, clinical, quality control, or field testing settings.
- the probes are used in genetic diagnosis.
- probes can be made using the techniques disclosed herein to detect target sequences such as the gene for nonpolyposis colon cancer, the BRCA1 breast cancer gene, P53, which is a gene associated with a variety of cancers, the Apo E4 gene that indicates a greater risk of Alzheimer's disease, allowing for easy presymptomatic screening of patients, mutations in the cystic fibrosis gene, or any of the others well known in the art.
- viral and bacterial detection is done using the complexes of the invention.
- probes are designed to detect target sequences from a variety of bacteria and viruses.
- current blood-screening techniques rely on the detection of anti-HIV antibodies.
- the methods disclosed herein allow for direct screening of clinical samples to detect HIV nucleic acid sequences, particularly highly conserved HIV sequences. In addition, this allows direct monitoring of circulating virus within a patient as an improved method of assessing the efficacy of anti-viral therapies.
- viruses associated with leukemia, HTLV-I and HTLV-II may be detected in this way.
- Bacterial infections such as tuberculosis, clymidia and other sexually transmitted diseases, may also be detected, for example using ribosomal RNA (rRNA) as the target sequences.
- rRNA ribosomal RNA
- the nucleic acids of the invention find use as probes for toxic bacteria in the screening of water and food samples.
- samples may be treated to lyse the bacteria to release its nucleic acid (particularly rRNA), and then probes designed to recognize bacterial strains, including, but not limited to, such pathogenic strains as, Salmonella, Campylobacter, Vibrio cholerae, Leishmania , enterotoxic strains of E. coli , and Legionnaire's disease bacteria.
- bioremediation strategies may be evaluated using the compositions of the invention.
- the probes are used for forensic “DNA fingerprinting” to match crime-scene DNA against samples taken from victims and suspects.
- the probes in an array are used for sequencing by hybridization.
- the present invention provides for extremely specific and sensitive probes, which may, in some embodiments, detect target sequences without removal of unhybridized probe. This will be useful in the generation of automated gene probe assays.
- compositions of the invention are useful to detect successful gene amplification in PCR, thus allowing successful PCR reactions to be an indication of the presence or absence of a target sequence.
- PCR may be used in this manner in several ways.
- the PCR reaction is done as is known in the art, and then added to a composition of the invention comprising the target nucleic acid with a ETM, covalently attached to an electrode via a conductive oligomer with subsequent detection of the target sequence.
- PCR is done using nucleotides labelled with a ETM, either in the presence of, or with subsequent addition to, an electrode with a conductive oligomer and a target nucleic acid.
- the nucleic acid attached to the electrode via a conductive polymer may be one PCR primer, with addition of a second primer labelled with an ETM. Elongation results in double stranded nucleic acid with a ETM and electrode covalently attached. In this way, the present invention is used for PCR detection of target sequences.
- the arrays are used for mRNA detection.
- a preferred embodiment utilizes either capture probes or capture extender probes that hybridize close to the 3′ polyadenylation tail of the mRNAs. This allows the use of one species of target binding probe for detection, i.e. the probe contains a poly-T portion that will bind to the poly-A tail of the mRNA target. Generally, the probe will contain a second portion, preferably non-poly-T, that will bind to the detection probe (or other probe). This allows one target-binding probe to be made, and thus decreases the amount of different probe synthesis that is done.
- the use of restriction enzymes and ligation methods allows the creation of “universal” arrays.
- monolayers comprising capture probes that comprise restriction endonuclease ends as is generally depicted in FIG. 7 of PCT US97/20014.
- an array comprising any number of restriction endonuclease sites is made.
- Treating a target sample with one or more of these restriction endonucleases allows the targets to bind to the array. This can be done without knowing the sequence of the target.
- the target sequences can be ligated, as desired, using standard methods such as ligases, and the target sequence detected, using either standard labels or the methods of the invention.
- the present invention provides methods which can result in sensitive detection of nucleic acids.
- less than about 10 ⁇ 10 6 molecules are detected, with less than about 10 ⁇ 10 5 being preferred, less than 10 ⁇ 10 4 being particularly preferred, less than about 10 ⁇ 10 3 being especially preferred, and less than about 10 ⁇ 10 2 being most preferred.
- this assumes a 1:1 correlation between target sequences and reporter molecules; if more than one reporter molecule (i.e. electron transfer moeity) is used for each target sequence, the sensitivity will go up.
- model It's generally possible to design a family of equations and a set of boundary conditions that describe the signals that can arise from a given measurement technique. This mathematical description is called a “model.” Sometimes the model is based on underlying scientific theory, but in many cases it may simply be an approximation that matches the observed signal behavior. In most cases the model is “non-linear,” comprising equations that are more complicated than basic polynomials.
- AC Alternating Current
- FIG. 16 depicts a sine wave and its corresponding vector notation.
- the two values can be R and ⁇ , but as shown above they can also be an (X,Y) pair separated by one quarter of an oscillation, i.e. by 90°.
- One way to simplify the visualization of such a system is by using what is called vector notation, demonstrated in four configurations in FIG. 17 . It's important to observe that the values (R, ⁇ ) and (X,Y) are different but interchangeable ways of describing the same vector.
- the vector itself is what represents the sine wave and, therefore, the data.
- the difference between the primed and unprimed values (those on the right side of the diagram versus those on the left) is only a rotated frame of reference (as indicated, for example, by the relative positions of the dotted lines in the polar coordinate diagrams). This rotation also does not alter the data, but can be useful as described in later sections.
- vector notation One important attribute of vector notation is that the vectors add exactly like the corresponding waves. For example, if two vectors point in roughly opposite directions, when they add they tend to cancel one another, leaving only a small residual vector. This exactly models how it is possible to add two waves together in such a way as to have “destructive interference,” where the resulting amplitude is less than each of the inputs. As long as all waves have the same frequency, vectors will model their interference with one another.
- FIGS. 18 and 19 are examples of R and ⁇ traces for fourth harmonic AC voltammetry (ACV-4).
- the four-lobed shape in R-space is characteristic of medium to large signals, but as the signal shrinks relative to the size of the background, the R-space signal distorts. Furthermore, q traces of scans with larger signals are quite different from those with smaller ones.
- FIGS. 20 and 21 depict examples of a smaller signal.
- R D ⁇ square root over (( R S sin ⁇ S +R B sin ⁇ B ) 2 +( R S cos ⁇ S +R B cos ⁇ B ) 2 ) ⁇ square root over (( R S sin ⁇ S +R B sin ⁇ B ) 2 +( R S cos ⁇ S +R B cos ⁇ B ) 2 ) ⁇
- ⁇ D arctan ⁇ ( R S ⁇ sin ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ S + R B ⁇ sin ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ B R S ⁇ cos ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ S + R B ⁇ cos ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ B )
- R D depends on all four parameters (R S , ⁇ S , R B , and ⁇ B ), as does ⁇ D .
- R S Cartesian coordinates
- Y D Y S +Y B
- the smaller signal is now qualitatively similar to the medium signal, and is therefore more likely to be described by the same mathematical model. Because of this, we chose to fit in X and Y (for simplicity in conceiving a model and in computation during fitting, we chose to fit independently in X and Y instead of fitting both dimensions simultaneously.
- I ⁇ ⁇ ( V ) I B ⁇ ⁇ ( V ) + ⁇ n ⁇ I S , n ⁇ ⁇ ( V )
- the Gaussian derivatives G X ′′′ and G Y ′′′ each have three parameters each: one for height, one for width, and one for location (in voltage).
- the height has no restrictions, corresponding only to the number of electrochemical labels that are signaling.
- a fit's width must fall within a reasonable range.
- signals in the independent X and Y fits must be close to one another (in voltage space) to assure that they both correspond to the same electrochemical label. Later I will discuss how these boundary conditions may be “enforced” to assure a meaningful fit.
- Instruments generally assign the X and Y axes based on the phase of the AC input driving force. Because this choice does not take into account the electrochemical system, it's possible that it may lead to the parallel/perpendicular trouble described above. Therefore, for signal recognition based on the above model, it's best to choose a new pair of axes assured to straddle any existing electrochemical signal.
- An advantage to this method is that the results are weighted by the length of the vectors of the original data points. That is, if a data point has a small amplitude (as it will if it represents a segment of a scan where no signal exists), it has a smaller impact on the value of the optimal phase. For example, if we add a small data point to the sample grouping, the results are shown in FIGS. 34 and 35 .
- the new point changes the optimal phase by less than three degrees. If desired, it is possible to give the small values even less weights.
- a more generic expression for the optimal phase has its summations weighted by the lengths (ri) of the individual data points' vectors. Increasing the value of n places less and less emphasis on the small data points. However, in all of our current fitting programs, we use the equation as written above, equivalent to the case where n remains zero.
- the angle of the line drawn in above (101°) is what was used to choose the X and Y axes (at ⁇ 45°) for this file. Unfortunately, however, there can be a further complication. If the signal is oriented differently relative to the dividing line between rotated and unrotated segments, the stated manipulation may not yield the proper angle. For example, if I take the above signal and rotate it 101 degrees clockwise, its optimal phase should be 0. However, the calculated value actually ends up as ⁇ 48′ as shown in FIG. 38 .
- FIG. 46 depicts this as a two dimensional plot.
- FIG. 47 shows an example of one displayed in R-space.
- the standard deviation of the data below the line is about 21 ⁇ 2 times larger than the standard deviation above.
- this rough method allows for the rapid detection and rejection of scans with large spikes. 3
- a ratio less than 2.25 and greater than 1/2.25to be acceptable for further fitting We currently consider a ratio less than 2.25 and greater than 1/2.25to be acceptable for further fitting. However, it's important to be aware that this value can depend on unusual parameters, such as scan length.
- the residual should be mostly signal (if any).
- the residual should be mostly signal (if any).
- the trace in the final graph of this example has its largest value, 23.25, at a position of 0.20.
- the position matches well with the true data value. (Both are 0.20.)
- FIG. 58 is the overlay of a real data trace and the corresponding initial guess.
- the error and precision are often defined such that their values have units. For example, if the data is a current measured in picoamps, then the error and precision are in picoamps squared. This is most useful when all expected signals are of similar size, because it considers everything in absolute terms and will not attempt to optimize fits to small features.
- quantitative analytical techniques generally require a wide dynamic range. For example, one may need to examine signals that are two picoamps tall with the same ease as one examines two billion picoamp signals. To achieve such a dynamic range, we normalize data to the initial guess for the signal height. This allows the small signals to be fit just as well as the large, with only the shape and the background noise affecting the fit.
- boundary conditions arose earlier when discussing the choice of a model. For some systems, certain parameters may be reasonable only within a certain range. For example, for ACV-4 the width of the center two lobes of one of a CMS sensor signal always falls between 110 and 265 mV, and is most commonly between 150 and 200 mV. There are several ways to enforce these boundaries, two of which are discussed here.
- E ′ E + k 1 ⁇ [ arctan ⁇ ( a - a _ c ) ] 2
- This equation leads to shapes like the ones depicted in FIG. 60 .
- This shape may be defined by:
- N is the number of data points
- F i is the value of the fit for data point number i
- D i is the corresponding data value
- E R must be less than some empirically-determined value in order for the fit to be considered as having locked into a true signal.
- FIG. 63 is the R composite, ⁇ square root over (X 2 +Y 2 ) ⁇ .
- FIG. 64 is the R composite with the background polynomials subtracted, ⁇ square root over ((X ⁇ X background ) 2 +(Y ⁇ Y background ) 2 ) ⁇ square root over ((X ⁇ X background ) 2 +(Y ⁇ Y background ) 2 ) ⁇
- the RMS measurement was multiplied by sqrt[2] to convert it to a center-to-peak measure.
- this residual current value i r was named this residual current value i r .
- i p ⁇ square root over (i pX 2 +i pY 2 ) ⁇
- i p ⁇ i pX 2 + i pY 2 E 0 ⁇ ⁇ E 0 ⁇ X ⁇ i pX 2 + E 0 ⁇ Y ⁇ i pY 2 i pX 2 + i pY 2 ⁇ E 0 ⁇ X ⁇ i pX 2 + E 0 ⁇ Y ⁇ i pY 2 i p 2
- Non-linear regression techniques can reliably extract values from noisy data, but they are iterative processes, and as such can take large amounts of computational time.
- This example is directed to the use of systems that involve only sums (and differences), and then renormalization and a basic coordinate transformation. As such, it is extremely rapid. Also, the sums which comprise all of the data reduction (from some large number of points per cycle to just two points per cycle) can easily be programmed into an embedded device, thus allowing more rapid data transfer from the acquisition device (e.g. the instrument of the invention) to the data manipulation and storage device (e.g. computer).
- acquisition device e.g. the instrument of the invention
- data manipulation and storage device e.g. computer
- C n has the following values:
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Apparatus Associated With Microorganisms And Enzymes (AREA)
Abstract
Description
V in =E dc +rt+E ac Sin(ωt) (1)
the cell's response is essentially
c(t)=s(t)+n(t)
where s(t) is the signal and n(t) is the noise. Note that s(t) is not the signal we're after, it is composed of the true uncorrupted signal u(t) convolved with some known response function r(t) (In the case of the CMS system with a redox couple, u(t) is the Nernstian). In other words,
S(ω)=R(ω)U(ω),
where S, R, and U are the Fourier transform of s, r, and u, respectively. The uncorrupted signal can be recovered by finding the optimal filter φ(t) or its Fourier counterpart φ(ω) which when applied to the measured signal c(t) or C(ω), and then deconvolved by r(t) or R(ω), produces a signal that approximate the uncorrupted signal u(t) or U(ω) with
R D=√{square root over ((R S sin θS +R B sin θB)2+(R S cos θS +R B cos θB)2)}{square root over ((R S sin θS +R B sin θB)2+(R S cos θS +R B cos θB)2)}
X D =X S +X B
and
Y D =Y S +Y B
{right arrow over (I)}(V)={right arrow over (I S)}(V)+{right arrow over (I B)}(V)=└{right arrow over (G X′″)}(V)+{right arrow over (G Y′″)}(V)┘+└{right arrow over (P X)}(V)+{right arrow over (P Y)}(V)┘
=└{right arrow over (G X′″)}(V)+{right arrow over (P X)}(V)┘+└{right arrow over (G Y′″)}(V)+{right arrow over (P Y)}(V)┘
X(V)=G X′″(V)+P X(V)
and
Y(V)=G Y′″(V)+P Y(V)
and
will be greater than 45′. On the other hand, for the above case we find an angle of 10 degrees (see
E′=E+k(a−ā)2n
Remember that, during the iterative optimization, the goal is to minimize the error. If we use the equation above, then the farther a is from ā the larger the error becomes and therefore the less favorable the fit. We can use the value of k to determine how important it is to constrain the parameter relative to the standard error E (and also relative to any other parameters' constraints). The value of n affects how unfavorable a certain range of values is. For example, in the graph in
where there are n steps up, m steps down, the s's are the locations of the steps, the b's are their heights, and the c's control their steepness.
E R=√{square root over (EX 2 +E Y 2)}
√{square root over ((X−Xbackground)2+(Y−Ybackground)2)}{square root over ((X−Xbackground)2+(Y−Ybackground)2)}
filteredR center-to-peak=√{square root over (2)}(filteredR RMS)=√{square root over (2(filteredX RMS 2+filteredY RMS 2))}
The RMS measurement was multiplied by sqrt[2] to convert it to a center-to-peak measure. We named this residual current value ir.
i p=√{square root over (ipX 2 +i pY 2)}
then we create a circle of amplitude R centered at the origin. If we plot only one quarter of a circle, then we are using the values from half of ne cycle (the first quarter for y and the second for x). For this subset, we can calculate average values of y and x, called
where
| C | n | |
1 | 1.000000 | ||
2 | 0.923880 | ||
3 | 0.910684 | ||
4 | 0.906127 | ||
5 | 0.904029 | ||
6 | 0.902893 | ||
7 | 0.902208 | ||
8 | 0.901764 | ||
9 | 0.901460 | ||
10 | 0.901243 | ||
11 | 0.901082 | ||
12 | 0.900959 | ||
13 | 0.900864 | ||
14 | 0.900789 | ||
15 | 0.900728 | ||
20 | 0.900548 | ||
25 | 0.900464 | ||
30 | 0.900419 | ||
50 | 0.900353 | ||
70 | 0.900335 | ||
90 | 0.900328 | ||
inf | 0.900316 | ||
Claims (14)
Priority Applications (16)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US09/760,384 US7312087B2 (en) | 2000-01-11 | 2001-01-11 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
US09/904,175 US20020177135A1 (en) | 1999-07-27 | 2001-07-11 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
JP2002545830A JP2004515231A (en) | 2000-11-03 | 2001-11-05 | Apparatus and method for multiplexing biochips |
PCT/US2001/044364 WO2002043864A2 (en) | 2000-11-03 | 2001-11-05 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
AU2002239354A AU2002239354A1 (en) | 2000-11-03 | 2001-11-05 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
CA002427669A CA2427669A1 (en) | 2000-11-03 | 2001-11-05 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
EP01987105A EP1331999A2 (en) | 2000-11-03 | 2001-11-05 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
US09/993,342 US7172897B2 (en) | 2000-01-11 | 2001-11-05 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
US10/412,660 US20040053290A1 (en) | 2000-01-11 | 2003-04-11 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
US11/532,872 US20070098600A1 (en) | 1999-04-21 | 2006-09-18 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
US11/627,011 US20080202927A1 (en) | 2000-11-03 | 2007-01-25 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
US11/779,024 US20100028984A1 (en) | 2000-01-11 | 2007-07-17 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
US11/982,408 US20080242553A1 (en) | 1999-04-21 | 2007-10-31 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
US11/982,334 US20100285981A1 (en) | 1999-04-21 | 2007-10-31 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
US11/982,403 US20090057147A1 (en) | 1999-04-21 | 2007-10-31 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
US11/982,368 US20110180425A1 (en) | 1999-04-21 | 2007-10-31 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17553900P | 2000-01-11 | 2000-01-11 | |
US24584000P | 2000-11-03 | 2000-11-03 | |
US09/760,384 US7312087B2 (en) | 2000-01-11 | 2001-01-11 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2001/001150 Continuation-In-Part WO2001054813A2 (en) | 1999-04-21 | 2001-01-11 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
Related Child Applications (6)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2001/001150 Continuation-In-Part WO2001054813A2 (en) | 1999-04-21 | 2001-01-11 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
US09/904,175 Continuation US20020177135A1 (en) | 1999-04-21 | 2001-07-11 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
US09/904,175 Continuation-In-Part US20020177135A1 (en) | 1999-04-21 | 2001-07-11 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
US09/993,342 Continuation-In-Part US7172897B2 (en) | 1999-04-21 | 2001-11-05 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
US19371202A Continuation-In-Part | 1999-04-21 | 2002-07-11 | |
US11/779,024 Continuation US20100028984A1 (en) | 2000-01-11 | 2007-07-17 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20070189921A1 US20070189921A1 (en) | 2007-08-16 |
US7312087B2 true US7312087B2 (en) | 2007-12-25 |
Family
ID=38368702
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/760,384 Expired - Lifetime US7312087B2 (en) | 1999-04-21 | 2001-01-11 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
US11/779,024 Abandoned US20100028984A1 (en) | 2000-01-11 | 2007-07-17 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/779,024 Abandoned US20100028984A1 (en) | 2000-01-11 | 2007-07-17 | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US7312087B2 (en) |
Cited By (35)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20040232009A1 (en) * | 2001-10-12 | 2004-11-25 | Hisashi Okuda | Concentration measuring method and concentration measuring device |
US20080237061A1 (en) * | 1997-06-12 | 2008-10-02 | Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. | Electronic methods for the detection of analytes |
WO2009061941A2 (en) | 2007-11-06 | 2009-05-14 | Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics | Baseless nucleotide analogues and uses thereof |
US20090248349A1 (en) * | 2007-08-29 | 2009-10-01 | Canon U.S. Life Sciences, Inc. | Microfluidic devices with integrated resistive heater electrodes including systems and methods for controlling and measuring the temperatures of such heater electrodes |
US20110033869A1 (en) * | 2009-08-07 | 2011-02-10 | Ohmx Corporation | Enzyme Triggered Redox Altering Chemical Elimination (E-Trace) Immunoassay |
US20110056926A1 (en) * | 2007-08-29 | 2011-03-10 | Canon U.S. Life Sciences, Inc. | Microfluidic devices with integrated resistive heater electrodes including systems and methods for controlling and measuring the temperatures of such heater electrodes |
US20110077897A1 (en) * | 2007-08-29 | 2011-03-31 | Canon U.S. Life Sciences, Inc. | Microfluidic devices with integrated resistive heater electrodes including systems and methods for controlling and measuring the temperatures of such heater electrodes |
WO2011146143A2 (en) | 2010-05-21 | 2011-11-24 | Ohmx Corporation | Detection of cancer by assaying psa enzymatic activity |
WO2012100078A1 (en) | 2011-01-19 | 2012-07-26 | Ohmx Corporation | Enzyme triggered redox altering chemical elimination (e-trace) immmunoassay |
US20120216403A1 (en) * | 2009-07-29 | 2012-08-30 | Iti Scotland Limited | Loading element |
WO2013059293A1 (en) | 2011-10-17 | 2013-04-25 | Ohmx Corporation | Single, direct detection of hemoglobin a1c percentage using enzyme triggered redox altering chemical elimination (e-trace) immunoassay |
WO2013067349A1 (en) | 2011-11-04 | 2013-05-10 | Ohmx Corporation | Novel chemistry used in biosensors |
WO2013106434A1 (en) | 2012-01-09 | 2013-07-18 | Ohmx Corporation | Enzyme cascade methods for e-trace assay signal amplification |
WO2014018886A1 (en) | 2012-07-27 | 2014-01-30 | Ohmx Corporation | Electronic measurements of monolayers following homogeneous reactions of their components |
WO2014018899A1 (en) | 2012-07-27 | 2014-01-30 | Ohmx Corporation | Electric measurement of monolayers following pro-cleave detection of presence and activity of enzymes and other target analytes |
WO2014066704A1 (en) | 2012-10-24 | 2014-05-01 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Integrated multiplex target analysis |
WO2015042493A2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2015-03-26 | Ohmx Corporation | Psa enzymatic activity: a new biomarker for assessing prostate cancer aggressiveness |
WO2015168302A1 (en) | 2014-04-29 | 2015-11-05 | Ohmx Corporation | Bioelectronic binding assay using peak profiling |
US9222623B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2015-12-29 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Devices and methods for manipulating deformable fluid vessels |
WO2016025539A1 (en) | 2014-08-11 | 2016-02-18 | Ohmx Corporation | Enzyme triggered redox altering chemical elimination (-trace) assay with multiplexing capabilities |
US9321053B2 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2016-04-26 | Life Technologies Corporation | Vertical clamp device |
WO2016077364A2 (en) | 2014-11-11 | 2016-05-19 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Instrument and cartridge for performing assays in a closed sample preparation and reaction system |
WO2016077341A2 (en) | 2014-11-11 | 2016-05-19 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Instrument and cartridge for performing assays in a closed sample preparation and reaction system employing electrowetting fluid manipulation |
WO2016100834A2 (en) | 2014-12-19 | 2016-06-23 | Ohmx Corporation | Competitive enzymatic assays |
US9498778B2 (en) | 2014-11-11 | 2016-11-22 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Instrument for processing cartridge for performing assays in a closed sample preparation and reaction system |
US9598722B2 (en) | 2014-11-11 | 2017-03-21 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Cartridge for performing assays in a closed sample preparation and reaction system |
US20180068047A1 (en) * | 2016-09-08 | 2018-03-08 | Mapper Lithography Ip B.V. | Method and system for fabricating unique chips using a charged particle multi-beamlet lithography system |
WO2018053501A1 (en) | 2016-09-19 | 2018-03-22 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Instrument for processing cartridge for performing assays in a closed sample preparation and reaction system |
US10106847B1 (en) | 2017-08-24 | 2018-10-23 | Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. | Electrochemical detection of bacterial and/or fungal infections |
WO2019040769A1 (en) | 2017-08-24 | 2019-02-28 | Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. (dba GenMark Diagnostics, Inc.) | Electrochemical detection of bacterial and/or fungal infections |
US10495656B2 (en) | 2012-10-24 | 2019-12-03 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Integrated multiplex target analysis |
US10596570B2 (en) | 2014-05-16 | 2020-03-24 | Qvella Corporation | Apparatus, system and method for performing automated centrifugal separation |
USD881409S1 (en) | 2013-10-24 | 2020-04-14 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Biochip cartridge |
US10828400B2 (en) | 2014-06-10 | 2020-11-10 | The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York | Low temperature, nanostructured ceramic coatings |
US12123654B2 (en) | 2010-05-04 | 2024-10-22 | Fractal Heatsink Technologies LLC | System and method for maintaining efficiency of a fractal heat sink |
Families Citing this family (17)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6671698B2 (en) * | 2002-03-20 | 2003-12-30 | Deere & Company | Method and system for automated tracing of an agricultural product |
US8133671B2 (en) * | 2007-07-13 | 2012-03-13 | Handylab, Inc. | Integrated apparatus for performing nucleic acid extraction and diagnostic testing on multiple biological samples |
DE102009010639B4 (en) * | 2009-02-26 | 2020-07-02 | Boehringer Ingelheim Vetmedica Gmbh | Method and arrangement for inhibiting a chemical reaction of substances in a liquid before a measurement |
US8889416B2 (en) * | 2010-01-21 | 2014-11-18 | California Institute Of Technology | Methods and devices for micro-isolation, extraction, and/or analysis of microscale components |
WO2012075258A2 (en) * | 2010-12-03 | 2012-06-07 | Abbott Point Of Care Inc. | Ratiometric immunoassay method and blood testing device |
US9417237B2 (en) | 2011-06-01 | 2016-08-16 | International Business Machines Corporation | Biosample plate with data storage and wireless communication means |
CA2890892C (en) * | 2011-11-28 | 2023-09-12 | Immunoprofile, Llc | Point of care immunization testing system |
US9873119B2 (en) | 2011-12-28 | 2018-01-23 | Ibis Biosciences, Inc. | Multiple- analyte assay device and system |
EP3090252A4 (en) * | 2014-01-05 | 2017-08-30 | Board of Regents, The University of Texas System | Methods and systems for the electrochemical detection of analytes |
US20170089836A1 (en) * | 2014-04-03 | 2017-03-30 | Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation | Analysis Device |
US9920315B2 (en) | 2014-10-10 | 2018-03-20 | California Institute Of Technology | Methods and devices for micro-isolation, extraction, and/or analysis of microscale components in an array |
EP3292395A4 (en) | 2015-04-08 | 2019-01-02 | Board of Regents, The University of Texas System | Methods and systems for the detection of analytes |
US11179061B1 (en) * | 2020-07-11 | 2021-11-23 | Gregory J. Hummer | Method and devices for detecting viruses and bacterial pathogens |
US10352983B1 (en) * | 2018-10-04 | 2019-07-16 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Systems and methods for assessing electrical connectivity between elements of assay devices |
US10753986B2 (en) * | 2018-10-04 | 2020-08-25 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Systems and methods for assessing electrical connectivity between elements of assay devices |
CN113465481B (en) * | 2021-07-05 | 2023-12-12 | 深圳鑫思想科技有限公司 | Flatness detector for metal processing production |
CN116106307B (en) * | 2023-03-31 | 2023-06-30 | 深圳上善智能有限公司 | Image recognition-based detection result evaluation method of intelligent cash dispenser |
Citations (106)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3619511A (en) | 1969-07-17 | 1971-11-09 | North American Rockwell | Data normalizing apparatus |
US4072576A (en) | 1975-10-06 | 1978-02-07 | Ab Kabi | Method for studying enzymatic and other biochemical reactions |
US4599303A (en) * | 1983-12-12 | 1986-07-08 | Hri Associates, Inc. | Nucleic acid hybridization assay employing probes crosslinkable to target sequences |
US4704193A (en) | 1986-05-14 | 1987-11-03 | Gte Laboratories Incorporated | Covalently coupled cofactor modified electrodes and methods of synthesis and use |
US4707352A (en) | 1984-01-30 | 1987-11-17 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Method of radioactively labeling diagnostic and therapeutic agents containing a chelating group |
US4707440A (en) | 1984-01-30 | 1987-11-17 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Nucleic acid hybridization assay and detectable molecules useful in such assay |
US4711955A (en) | 1981-04-17 | 1987-12-08 | Yale University | Modified nucleotides and methods of preparing and using same |
US4713347A (en) | 1985-01-14 | 1987-12-15 | Sensor Diagnostics, Inc. | Measurement of ligand/anti-ligand interactions using bulk conductance |
US4735907A (en) | 1985-03-18 | 1988-04-05 | Eastman Kodak Company | Stabilized fluorescent rare earth labels and labeled physiologically reactive species |
US4755458A (en) | 1984-08-30 | 1988-07-05 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Composition and method for the detection of the presence of a polynucleotide sequence of interest |
US4787963A (en) | 1987-05-04 | 1988-11-29 | Syntro Corporation | Method and means for annealing complementary nucleic acid molecules at an accelerated rate |
US4840893A (en) | 1983-12-16 | 1989-06-20 | Medisense, Inc. | Electrochemical assay for nucleic acids and nucleic acid probes |
US4849513A (en) | 1983-12-20 | 1989-07-18 | California Institute Of Technology | Deoxyribonucleoside phosphoramidites in which an aliphatic amino group is attached to the sugar ring and their use for the preparation of oligonucleotides containing aliphatic amino groups |
US4868103A (en) | 1986-02-19 | 1989-09-19 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Analyte detection by means of energy transfer |
US4877830A (en) | 1986-07-10 | 1989-10-31 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Metal chelate resins |
US4882013A (en) | 1986-02-27 | 1989-11-21 | Cranfield Institute Of Technology | Application of tetrathiafulvalenes in bioelectrochemical processes |
US4894325A (en) | 1984-04-27 | 1990-01-16 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Hybridization method for the detection of genetic material |
US4920047A (en) | 1988-05-20 | 1990-04-24 | General Electric Company | Electrical detection of the immune reaction |
US4943523A (en) | 1984-01-30 | 1990-07-24 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Detectable molecules, method of preparation and use |
US4945045A (en) | 1984-07-06 | 1990-07-31 | Serono Diagnostics Ltd. | Electrochemical methods of assay |
US4952685A (en) | 1984-01-30 | 1990-08-28 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Detectable molecules, method of preparation and use |
US4964972A (en) | 1989-03-30 | 1990-10-23 | Yeda Research And Development Company Limited | Ionic recognition and selective response in self assembling monolayer membranes on electrodes |
US4994373A (en) | 1983-01-27 | 1991-02-19 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Method and structures employing chemically-labelled polynucleotide probes |
US5002885A (en) | 1984-01-30 | 1991-03-26 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Detectable molecules, method preparation and use |
US5013831A (en) | 1984-01-30 | 1991-05-07 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Detectable molecules, method of preparation and use |
US5038852A (en) | 1986-02-25 | 1991-08-13 | Cetus Corporation | Apparatus and method for performing automated amplification of nucleic acid sequences and assays using heating and cooling steps |
US5064618A (en) | 1987-08-29 | 1991-11-12 | Thorn Emi Plc | Sensor arrangements |
US5066372A (en) | 1986-05-02 | 1991-11-19 | Ciba Corning Diagnostics Corp. | Unitary multiple electrode sensor |
US5082830A (en) | 1988-02-26 | 1992-01-21 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | End labeled nucleotide probe |
US5089112A (en) | 1989-03-20 | 1992-02-18 | Associated Universities, Inc. | Electrochemical biosensor based on immobilized enzymes and redox polymers |
US5100775A (en) | 1988-03-16 | 1992-03-31 | Smyczek Peter J | Method for conducting nucleic acid hybridization in chamber with precise fluid delivery |
US5126034A (en) | 1988-07-21 | 1992-06-30 | Medisense, Inc. | Bioelectrochemical electrodes |
US5156810A (en) | 1989-06-15 | 1992-10-20 | Biocircuits Corporation | Biosensors employing electrical, optical and mechanical signals |
US5164319A (en) | 1985-08-22 | 1992-11-17 | Molecular Devices Corporation | Multiple chemically modulated capacitance determination |
US5175269A (en) | 1984-01-30 | 1992-12-29 | Enzo Diagnostics, Inc. | Compound and detectable molecules having an oligo- or polynucleotide with modifiable reactive group |
US5180968A (en) | 1991-03-01 | 1993-01-19 | Research Foundation Of State University Of New York | Method and apparatus for compensation of double layer charging current in electrochemical cells |
US5192507A (en) | 1987-06-05 | 1993-03-09 | Arthur D. Little, Inc. | Receptor-based biosensors |
US5238808A (en) | 1984-10-31 | 1993-08-24 | Igen, Inc. | Luminescent metal chelate labels and means for detection |
US5241060A (en) | 1982-06-23 | 1993-08-31 | Enzo Diagnostics, Inc. | Base moiety-labeled detectable nucleatide |
US5242828A (en) | 1988-11-10 | 1993-09-07 | Pharmacia Biosensor Ab | Sensing surfaces capable of selective biomolecular interactions, to be used in biosensor systems |
US5264103A (en) | 1991-10-18 | 1993-11-23 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Biosensor and a method for measuring a concentration of a substrate in a sample |
US5278043A (en) | 1990-01-25 | 1994-01-11 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Ruthenium-lumazine energy transfer systems |
US5296375A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1994-03-22 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Mesoscale sperm handling devices |
US5304487A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1994-04-19 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Fluid handling in mesoscale analytical devices |
US5308754A (en) | 1988-03-21 | 1994-05-03 | Kankare Jouko J | Electrogenerated luminescence in solution |
US5312527A (en) | 1992-10-06 | 1994-05-17 | Concordia University | Voltammetric sequence-selective sensor for target polynucleotide sequences |
US5320808A (en) * | 1988-08-02 | 1994-06-14 | Abbott Laboratories | Reaction cartridge and carousel for biological sample analyzer |
US5356786A (en) | 1991-03-04 | 1994-10-18 | E. Heller & Company | Interferant eliminating biosensor |
US5391272A (en) | 1992-03-06 | 1995-02-21 | Andcare, Inc. | Electrochemical immunoassay methods |
US5403451A (en) | 1993-03-05 | 1995-04-04 | Riviello; John M. | Method and apparatus for pulsed electrochemical detection using polymer electroactive electrodes |
US5438607A (en) * | 1992-11-25 | 1995-08-01 | U.S. Monitors, Ltd. | Programmable monitoring system and method |
US5443701A (en) | 1992-08-25 | 1995-08-22 | Yissum Research Development Company Of Hebrew University Of Jerusalem | Electrobiochemical analytical method and electrodes |
US5472881A (en) | 1992-11-12 | 1995-12-05 | University Of Utah Research Foundation | Thiol labeling of DNA for attachment to gold surfaces |
US5486335A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1996-01-23 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Analysis based on flow restriction |
US5491097A (en) | 1989-06-15 | 1996-02-13 | Biocircuits Corporation | Analyte detection with multilayered bioelectronic conductivity sensors |
US5498392A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1996-03-12 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Mesoscale polynucleotide amplification device and method |
US5505321A (en) | 1994-12-05 | 1996-04-09 | Teledyne Industries, Inc. | Fabrication multilayer combined rigid/flex printed circuit board |
US5519635A (en) | 1993-09-20 | 1996-05-21 | Hitachi Ltd. | Apparatus for chemical analysis with detachable analytical units |
US5532128A (en) | 1991-11-19 | 1996-07-02 | Houston Advanced Research Center | Multi-site detection apparatus |
US5545531A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1996-08-13 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Methods for making a device for concurrently processing multiple biological chip assays |
US5552270A (en) | 1991-03-18 | 1996-09-03 | Institut Molekulyarnoi Biologii Imeni V.A. | Methods of DNA sequencing by hybridization based on optimizing concentration of matrix-bound oligonucleotide and device for carrying out same |
US5565552A (en) | 1992-01-21 | 1996-10-15 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Method of expanded porphyrin-oligonucleotide conjugate synthesis |
US5573906A (en) | 1992-03-23 | 1996-11-12 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Detection of nucleic acids using a hairpin forming oligonucleotide primer and an energy transfer detection system |
US5582984A (en) | 1993-06-30 | 1996-12-10 | Abbott Laboratories | Methods of use of phenanthridium DNA intercalators for fluorescence detection |
US5585069A (en) | 1994-11-10 | 1996-12-17 | David Sarnoff Research Center, Inc. | Partitioned microelectronic and fluidic device array for clinical diagnostics and chemical synthesis |
US5587128A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1996-12-24 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Mesoscale polynucleotide amplification devices |
US5591578A (en) | 1993-12-10 | 1997-01-07 | California Institute Of Technology | Nucleic acid mediated electron transfer |
US5595908A (en) | 1985-09-26 | 1997-01-21 | University Of Southern Mississipi | Piezoelectric device for detection of polynucleotide hybridization |
US5601982A (en) | 1995-02-07 | 1997-02-11 | Sargent; Jeannine P. | Method and apparatus for determining the sequence of polynucleotides |
US5603351A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1997-02-18 | David Sarnoff Research Center, Inc. | Method and system for inhibiting cross-contamination in fluids of combinatorial chemistry device |
US5605662A (en) | 1993-11-01 | 1997-02-25 | Nanogen, Inc. | Active programmable electronic devices for molecular biological analysis and diagnostics |
US5620850A (en) | 1994-09-26 | 1997-04-15 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Molecular recognition at surfaces derivatized with self-assembled monolayers |
US5622821A (en) | 1994-06-29 | 1997-04-22 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Luminescent lanthanide chelates and methods of use |
US5632957A (en) | 1993-11-01 | 1997-05-27 | Nanogen | Molecular biological diagnostic systems including electrodes |
US5632876A (en) | 1995-06-06 | 1997-05-27 | David Sarnoff Research Center, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for controlling fluid flow in microchannels |
US5637469A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1997-06-10 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Methods and apparatus for the detection of an analyte utilizing mesoscale flow systems |
US5650061A (en) | 1995-09-18 | 1997-07-22 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Large amplitude sinusoidal voltammetry |
US5653939A (en) | 1991-11-19 | 1997-08-05 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Optical and electrical methods and apparatus for molecule detection |
US5694932A (en) | 1993-03-01 | 1997-12-09 | Disetronic Licensing Ag | Sensor array |
US5700667A (en) | 1993-09-20 | 1997-12-23 | Regents Of The University Of Colorado, The | Strategy for the production of RNA from immobilized templates |
US5705346A (en) | 1992-11-27 | 1998-01-06 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Method for detecting a target nucleic acid by using an interaction of two kinds of reagents |
US5726026A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1998-03-10 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Mesoscale sample preparation device and systems for determination and processing of analytes |
US5728532A (en) | 1996-05-31 | 1998-03-17 | Ackley; Donald E. | Electrode configuration for matrix addressing of a molecular detection device |
US5727548A (en) | 1983-05-05 | 1998-03-17 | Medisense, Inc. | Strip electrode with screen printing |
US5741462A (en) | 1995-04-25 | 1998-04-21 | Irori | Remotely programmable matrices with memories |
US5741700A (en) | 1993-08-11 | 1998-04-21 | University Of Chicago | Method of immobilizing water-soluble bioorganic compounds on a capillary-porous carrier |
US5747169A (en) | 1995-11-09 | 1998-05-05 | David Sarnoff Research Center, Inc. | Field-assisted sealing |
US5756050A (en) | 1993-08-11 | 1998-05-26 | University Of Chicago | Device of dispensing micro doses of aqueous solutions of substances onto a carrier and device for carrying out said method |
US5759777A (en) * | 1989-04-05 | 1998-06-02 | Amoco Corporation | Hybridization promotion reagents |
US5770029A (en) | 1996-07-30 | 1998-06-23 | Soane Biosciences | Integrated electrophoretic microdevices |
US5770369A (en) | 1993-12-10 | 1998-06-23 | California Institute Of Technology | Nucleic acid mediated electron transfer |
US5876926A (en) * | 1996-07-23 | 1999-03-02 | Beecham; James E. | Method, apparatus and system for verification of human medical data |
US5989402A (en) * | 1997-08-29 | 1999-11-23 | Caliper Technologies Corp. | Controller/detector interfaces for microfluidic systems |
US6017696A (en) * | 1993-11-01 | 2000-01-25 | Nanogen, Inc. | Methods for electronic stringency control for molecular biological analysis and diagnostics |
US6050719A (en) * | 1998-01-30 | 2000-04-18 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Rotational mixing method using a cartridge having a narrow interior |
US6054277A (en) * | 1996-05-08 | 2000-04-25 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Integrated microchip genetic testing system |
US6096561A (en) * | 1992-03-27 | 2000-08-01 | Abbott Laboratories | Scheduling operation of an automated analytical system |
US6114122A (en) * | 1996-03-26 | 2000-09-05 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Fluidics station with a mounting system and method of using |
US6117973A (en) * | 1997-02-24 | 2000-09-12 | Georgia Tech Research Corp. | PNA monomers with electron donor or acceptor |
US6132685A (en) * | 1998-08-10 | 2000-10-17 | Caliper Technologies Corporation | High throughput microfluidic systems and methods |
US6207369B1 (en) * | 1995-03-10 | 2001-03-27 | Meso Scale Technologies, Llc | Multi-array, multi-specific electrochemiluminescence testing |
US6288221B1 (en) * | 1998-08-20 | 2001-09-11 | Duke University | Methods of synthesis of halogen base-modified oligonucleotides and subsequent labeling with a metal-catalyzed reaction |
US6303316B1 (en) * | 1999-07-02 | 2001-10-16 | Conceptual Mind Works, Inc. | Organic semiconductor recognition complex and system |
US6461490B1 (en) * | 1996-04-25 | 2002-10-08 | Pence, Inc. | Biosensor device and method |
US6541617B1 (en) * | 1998-10-27 | 2003-04-01 | Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. | Detection of target analytes using particles and electrodes |
US6579231B1 (en) * | 1998-03-27 | 2003-06-17 | Mci Communications Corporation | Personal medical monitoring unit and system |
Family Cites Families (42)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3617511A (en) * | 1969-04-07 | 1971-11-02 | Shell Oil Co | Ring-opening process |
US5776672A (en) * | 1990-09-28 | 1998-07-07 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Gene detection method |
WO1993008464A1 (en) * | 1991-10-21 | 1993-04-29 | Holm Kennedy James W | Method and device for biochemical sensing |
US6100099A (en) * | 1994-09-06 | 2000-08-08 | Abbott Laboratories | Test strip having a diagonal array of capture spots |
JP3094183B2 (en) * | 1992-05-11 | 2000-10-03 | セイコーインスツルメンツ株式会社 | Dielectric constant measuring device |
US5965452A (en) * | 1996-07-09 | 1999-10-12 | Nanogen, Inc. | Multiplexed active biologic array |
US5871918A (en) * | 1996-06-20 | 1999-02-16 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Electrochemical detection of nucleic acid hybridization |
DE69527585T2 (en) * | 1994-06-08 | 2003-04-03 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Method and device for packaging chips |
US5831630A (en) * | 1994-08-04 | 1998-11-03 | Fujitsu Limited | Three-dimensional model processing system |
CN1661115A (en) * | 1995-03-10 | 2005-08-31 | 梅索磅秤技术有限公司 | Multi-array, multi-specific electrochemiluminescence testing |
US5968745A (en) * | 1995-06-27 | 1999-10-19 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Polymer-electrodes for detecting nucleic acid hybridization and method of use thereof |
US5856174A (en) * | 1995-06-29 | 1999-01-05 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Integrated nucleic acid diagnostic device |
DE19533093C1 (en) * | 1995-09-07 | 1996-12-05 | Deutsches Krebsforsch | New conjugate of metallocene with phosphor-amidite |
US5863502A (en) * | 1996-01-24 | 1999-01-26 | Sarnoff Corporation | Parallel reaction cassette and associated devices |
US5942443A (en) * | 1996-06-28 | 1999-08-24 | Caliper Technologies Corporation | High throughput screening assay systems in microscale fluidic devices |
US5874046A (en) * | 1996-10-30 | 1999-02-23 | Raytheon Company | Biological warfare agent sensor system employing ruthenium-terminated oligonucleotides complementary to target live agent DNA sequences |
US7381525B1 (en) * | 1997-03-07 | 2008-06-03 | Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. | AC/DC voltage apparatus for detection of nucleic acids |
US6096273A (en) * | 1996-11-05 | 2000-08-01 | Clinical Micro Sensors | Electrodes linked via conductive oligomers to nucleic acids |
US7393645B2 (en) * | 1996-11-05 | 2008-07-01 | Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. | Compositions for the electronic detection of analytes utilizing monolayers |
US7014992B1 (en) * | 1996-11-05 | 2006-03-21 | Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. | Conductive oligomers attached to electrodes and nucleoside analogs |
US5942397A (en) * | 1996-12-11 | 1999-08-24 | Tarlov; Michael J. | Surface immobilization of biopolymers |
US6100045A (en) * | 1997-02-10 | 2000-08-08 | Dsm N.V. | Detection of analytes using electrochemistry |
US6013459A (en) * | 1997-06-12 | 2000-01-11 | Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. | Detection of analytes using reorganization energy |
US5945286A (en) * | 1997-10-23 | 1999-08-31 | Motorola, Inc. | Electrochemical-based molecular detection apparatus and method |
CA2319170A1 (en) * | 1998-01-27 | 1999-07-29 | Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. | Amplification of nucleic acids with electronic detection |
US6686150B1 (en) * | 1998-01-27 | 2004-02-03 | Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. | Amplification of nucleic acids with electronic detection |
JP3389106B2 (en) * | 1998-06-11 | 2003-03-24 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Electrochemical analysis element |
US6290839B1 (en) * | 1998-06-23 | 2001-09-18 | Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. | Systems for electrophoretic transport and detection of analytes |
US6740518B1 (en) * | 1998-09-17 | 2004-05-25 | Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. | Signal detection techniques for the detection of analytes |
US6942771B1 (en) * | 1999-04-21 | 2005-09-13 | Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. | Microfluidic systems in the electrochemical detection of target analytes |
US6258593B1 (en) * | 1999-06-30 | 2001-07-10 | Agilent Technologies Inc. | Apparatus for conducting chemical or biochemical reactions on a solid surface within an enclosed chamber |
GB0105831D0 (en) * | 2001-03-09 | 2001-04-25 | Toumaz Technology Ltd | Method for dna sequencing utilising enzyme linked field effect transistors |
US20050164515A9 (en) * | 2001-06-05 | 2005-07-28 | Belcher Angela M. | Biological control of nanoparticle nucleation, shape and crystal phase |
AU2003243165A1 (en) * | 2002-04-26 | 2003-11-10 | The Penn State Research Foundation | Integrated nanomechanical sensor array chips |
US7282329B2 (en) * | 2002-08-22 | 2007-10-16 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Suspended microchannel detectors |
WO2005031299A2 (en) * | 2003-05-14 | 2005-04-07 | Nantero, Inc. | Sensor platform using a non-horizontally oriented nanotube element |
JP4438049B2 (en) * | 2003-08-11 | 2010-03-24 | キヤノン株式会社 | Field effect transistor, sensor using the same, and manufacturing method thereof |
US7317216B2 (en) * | 2003-10-31 | 2008-01-08 | University Of Hawaii | Ultrasensitive biochemical sensing platform |
US7692219B1 (en) * | 2004-06-25 | 2010-04-06 | University Of Hawaii | Ultrasensitive biosensors |
US7361946B2 (en) * | 2004-06-28 | 2008-04-22 | Nitronex Corporation | Semiconductor device-based sensors |
KR100624459B1 (en) * | 2005-02-03 | 2006-09-19 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Electrical detection method of biomolecule |
US7341692B2 (en) * | 2005-04-30 | 2008-03-11 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Detection apparatus for biological materials and methods of making and using the same |
-
2001
- 2001-01-11 US US09/760,384 patent/US7312087B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2007
- 2007-07-17 US US11/779,024 patent/US20100028984A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (119)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3619511A (en) | 1969-07-17 | 1971-11-09 | North American Rockwell | Data normalizing apparatus |
US4072576A (en) | 1975-10-06 | 1978-02-07 | Ab Kabi | Method for studying enzymatic and other biochemical reactions |
US5328824A (en) | 1981-04-17 | 1994-07-12 | Yale University | Methods of using labeled nucleotides |
US5476928A (en) | 1981-04-17 | 1995-12-19 | Yale University | Modified nucleotides and polynucleotides and complexes form therefrom |
US5449767A (en) | 1981-04-17 | 1995-09-12 | Yale University | Modified polynucleotides and methods of preparing same |
US4711955A (en) | 1981-04-17 | 1987-12-08 | Yale University | Modified nucleotides and methods of preparing and using same |
US5241060A (en) | 1982-06-23 | 1993-08-31 | Enzo Diagnostics, Inc. | Base moiety-labeled detectable nucleatide |
US4994373A (en) | 1983-01-27 | 1991-02-19 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Method and structures employing chemically-labelled polynucleotide probes |
US5727548A (en) | 1983-05-05 | 1998-03-17 | Medisense, Inc. | Strip electrode with screen printing |
US4599303A (en) * | 1983-12-12 | 1986-07-08 | Hri Associates, Inc. | Nucleic acid hybridization assay employing probes crosslinkable to target sequences |
US4840893A (en) | 1983-12-16 | 1989-06-20 | Medisense, Inc. | Electrochemical assay for nucleic acids and nucleic acid probes |
US4849513A (en) | 1983-12-20 | 1989-07-18 | California Institute Of Technology | Deoxyribonucleoside phosphoramidites in which an aliphatic amino group is attached to the sugar ring and their use for the preparation of oligonucleotides containing aliphatic amino groups |
US5175269A (en) | 1984-01-30 | 1992-12-29 | Enzo Diagnostics, Inc. | Compound and detectable molecules having an oligo- or polynucleotide with modifiable reactive group |
US5013831A (en) | 1984-01-30 | 1991-05-07 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Detectable molecules, method of preparation and use |
US5002885A (en) | 1984-01-30 | 1991-03-26 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Detectable molecules, method preparation and use |
US4707352A (en) | 1984-01-30 | 1987-11-17 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Method of radioactively labeling diagnostic and therapeutic agents containing a chelating group |
US4707440A (en) | 1984-01-30 | 1987-11-17 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Nucleic acid hybridization assay and detectable molecules useful in such assay |
US4943523A (en) | 1984-01-30 | 1990-07-24 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Detectable molecules, method of preparation and use |
US4952685A (en) | 1984-01-30 | 1990-08-28 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Detectable molecules, method of preparation and use |
US4894325A (en) | 1984-04-27 | 1990-01-16 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Hybridization method for the detection of genetic material |
US4945045A (en) | 1984-07-06 | 1990-07-31 | Serono Diagnostics Ltd. | Electrochemical methods of assay |
US4755458A (en) | 1984-08-30 | 1988-07-05 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Composition and method for the detection of the presence of a polynucleotide sequence of interest |
US5238808A (en) | 1984-10-31 | 1993-08-24 | Igen, Inc. | Luminescent metal chelate labels and means for detection |
US4713347A (en) | 1985-01-14 | 1987-12-15 | Sensor Diagnostics, Inc. | Measurement of ligand/anti-ligand interactions using bulk conductance |
US4735907A (en) | 1985-03-18 | 1988-04-05 | Eastman Kodak Company | Stabilized fluorescent rare earth labels and labeled physiologically reactive species |
US5164319A (en) | 1985-08-22 | 1992-11-17 | Molecular Devices Corporation | Multiple chemically modulated capacitance determination |
US5595908A (en) | 1985-09-26 | 1997-01-21 | University Of Southern Mississipi | Piezoelectric device for detection of polynucleotide hybridization |
US4868103A (en) | 1986-02-19 | 1989-09-19 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Analyte detection by means of energy transfer |
US5038852A (en) | 1986-02-25 | 1991-08-13 | Cetus Corporation | Apparatus and method for performing automated amplification of nucleic acid sequences and assays using heating and cooling steps |
US4882013A (en) | 1986-02-27 | 1989-11-21 | Cranfield Institute Of Technology | Application of tetrathiafulvalenes in bioelectrochemical processes |
US5066372A (en) | 1986-05-02 | 1991-11-19 | Ciba Corning Diagnostics Corp. | Unitary multiple electrode sensor |
US4704193A (en) | 1986-05-14 | 1987-11-03 | Gte Laboratories Incorporated | Covalently coupled cofactor modified electrodes and methods of synthesis and use |
US4877830A (en) | 1986-07-10 | 1989-10-31 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Metal chelate resins |
US4787963A (en) | 1987-05-04 | 1988-11-29 | Syntro Corporation | Method and means for annealing complementary nucleic acid molecules at an accelerated rate |
US5192507A (en) | 1987-06-05 | 1993-03-09 | Arthur D. Little, Inc. | Receptor-based biosensors |
US5064618A (en) | 1987-08-29 | 1991-11-12 | Thorn Emi Plc | Sensor arrangements |
US5082830A (en) | 1988-02-26 | 1992-01-21 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | End labeled nucleotide probe |
US5100775A (en) | 1988-03-16 | 1992-03-31 | Smyczek Peter J | Method for conducting nucleic acid hybridization in chamber with precise fluid delivery |
US5308754A (en) | 1988-03-21 | 1994-05-03 | Kankare Jouko J | Electrogenerated luminescence in solution |
US4920047A (en) | 1988-05-20 | 1990-04-24 | General Electric Company | Electrical detection of the immune reaction |
US5126034A (en) | 1988-07-21 | 1992-06-30 | Medisense, Inc. | Bioelectrochemical electrodes |
US5320808A (en) * | 1988-08-02 | 1994-06-14 | Abbott Laboratories | Reaction cartridge and carousel for biological sample analyzer |
US5242828A (en) | 1988-11-10 | 1993-09-07 | Pharmacia Biosensor Ab | Sensing surfaces capable of selective biomolecular interactions, to be used in biosensor systems |
US5436161A (en) | 1988-11-10 | 1995-07-25 | Pharmacia Biosensor Ab | Matrix coating for sensing surfaces capable of selective biomolecular interactions, to be used in biosensor systems |
US5089112A (en) | 1989-03-20 | 1992-02-18 | Associated Universities, Inc. | Electrochemical biosensor based on immobilized enzymes and redox polymers |
US4964972A (en) | 1989-03-30 | 1990-10-23 | Yeda Research And Development Company Limited | Ionic recognition and selective response in self assembling monolayer membranes on electrodes |
US5759777A (en) * | 1989-04-05 | 1998-06-02 | Amoco Corporation | Hybridization promotion reagents |
US5156810A (en) | 1989-06-15 | 1992-10-20 | Biocircuits Corporation | Biosensors employing electrical, optical and mechanical signals |
US5571568A (en) | 1989-06-15 | 1996-11-05 | Biocircuits Corporation | Multilayered bioelectronic sensors |
US5491097A (en) | 1989-06-15 | 1996-02-13 | Biocircuits Corporation | Analyte detection with multilayered bioelectronic conductivity sensors |
US5278043A (en) | 1990-01-25 | 1994-01-11 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Ruthenium-lumazine energy transfer systems |
US5180968A (en) | 1991-03-01 | 1993-01-19 | Research Foundation Of State University Of New York | Method and apparatus for compensation of double layer charging current in electrochemical cells |
US5356786A (en) | 1991-03-04 | 1994-10-18 | E. Heller & Company | Interferant eliminating biosensor |
US5552270A (en) | 1991-03-18 | 1996-09-03 | Institut Molekulyarnoi Biologii Imeni V.A. | Methods of DNA sequencing by hybridization based on optimizing concentration of matrix-bound oligonucleotide and device for carrying out same |
US5264103A (en) | 1991-10-18 | 1993-11-23 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Biosensor and a method for measuring a concentration of a substrate in a sample |
US5532128A (en) | 1991-11-19 | 1996-07-02 | Houston Advanced Research Center | Multi-site detection apparatus |
US5653939A (en) | 1991-11-19 | 1997-08-05 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Optical and electrical methods and apparatus for molecule detection |
US5670322A (en) | 1991-11-19 | 1997-09-23 | Houston Advanced Res Center | Multi site molecule detection method |
US5565552A (en) | 1992-01-21 | 1996-10-15 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Method of expanded porphyrin-oligonucleotide conjugate synthesis |
US5391272A (en) | 1992-03-06 | 1995-02-21 | Andcare, Inc. | Electrochemical immunoassay methods |
US5573906A (en) | 1992-03-23 | 1996-11-12 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Detection of nucleic acids using a hairpin forming oligonucleotide primer and an energy transfer detection system |
US6096561A (en) * | 1992-03-27 | 2000-08-01 | Abbott Laboratories | Scheduling operation of an automated analytical system |
US5486335A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1996-01-23 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Analysis based on flow restriction |
US5635358A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1997-06-03 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Fluid handling methods for use in mesoscale analytical devices |
US5726026A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1998-03-10 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Mesoscale sample preparation device and systems for determination and processing of analytes |
US5296375A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1994-03-22 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Mesoscale sperm handling devices |
US5498392A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1996-03-12 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Mesoscale polynucleotide amplification device and method |
US5637469A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1997-06-10 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Methods and apparatus for the detection of an analyte utilizing mesoscale flow systems |
US5304487A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1994-04-19 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Fluid handling in mesoscale analytical devices |
US5587128A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1996-12-24 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Mesoscale polynucleotide amplification devices |
US5443701A (en) | 1992-08-25 | 1995-08-22 | Yissum Research Development Company Of Hebrew University Of Jerusalem | Electrobiochemical analytical method and electrodes |
US5312527A (en) | 1992-10-06 | 1994-05-17 | Concordia University | Voltammetric sequence-selective sensor for target polynucleotide sequences |
US5472881A (en) | 1992-11-12 | 1995-12-05 | University Of Utah Research Foundation | Thiol labeling of DNA for attachment to gold surfaces |
US5438607A (en) * | 1992-11-25 | 1995-08-01 | U.S. Monitors, Ltd. | Programmable monitoring system and method |
US5705346A (en) | 1992-11-27 | 1998-01-06 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Method for detecting a target nucleic acid by using an interaction of two kinds of reagents |
US5694932A (en) | 1993-03-01 | 1997-12-09 | Disetronic Licensing Ag | Sensor array |
US5403451A (en) | 1993-03-05 | 1995-04-04 | Riviello; John M. | Method and apparatus for pulsed electrochemical detection using polymer electroactive electrodes |
US5582984A (en) | 1993-06-30 | 1996-12-10 | Abbott Laboratories | Methods of use of phenanthridium DNA intercalators for fluorescence detection |
US5741700A (en) | 1993-08-11 | 1998-04-21 | University Of Chicago | Method of immobilizing water-soluble bioorganic compounds on a capillary-porous carrier |
US5756050A (en) | 1993-08-11 | 1998-05-26 | University Of Chicago | Device of dispensing micro doses of aqueous solutions of substances onto a carrier and device for carrying out said method |
US5700667A (en) | 1993-09-20 | 1997-12-23 | Regents Of The University Of Colorado, The | Strategy for the production of RNA from immobilized templates |
US5519635A (en) | 1993-09-20 | 1996-05-21 | Hitachi Ltd. | Apparatus for chemical analysis with detachable analytical units |
US5632957A (en) | 1993-11-01 | 1997-05-27 | Nanogen | Molecular biological diagnostic systems including electrodes |
US6017696A (en) * | 1993-11-01 | 2000-01-25 | Nanogen, Inc. | Methods for electronic stringency control for molecular biological analysis and diagnostics |
US5605662A (en) | 1993-11-01 | 1997-02-25 | Nanogen, Inc. | Active programmable electronic devices for molecular biological analysis and diagnostics |
US5770369A (en) | 1993-12-10 | 1998-06-23 | California Institute Of Technology | Nucleic acid mediated electron transfer |
US5780234A (en) * | 1993-12-10 | 1998-07-14 | California Institute Of Technology | Nucleic acid mediated electron transfer |
US5705348A (en) | 1993-12-10 | 1998-01-06 | California Institute Of Technology | Nucleic acid mediated electron transfer |
US5591578A (en) | 1993-12-10 | 1997-01-07 | California Institute Of Technology | Nucleic acid mediated electron transfer |
US5622821A (en) | 1994-06-29 | 1997-04-22 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Luminescent lanthanide chelates and methods of use |
US5620850A (en) | 1994-09-26 | 1997-04-15 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Molecular recognition at surfaces derivatized with self-assembled monolayers |
US5755942A (en) | 1994-11-10 | 1998-05-26 | David Sarnoff Research Center, Inc. | Partitioned microelectronic device array |
US5585069A (en) | 1994-11-10 | 1996-12-17 | David Sarnoff Research Center, Inc. | Partitioned microelectronic and fluidic device array for clinical diagnostics and chemical synthesis |
US5643738A (en) | 1994-11-10 | 1997-07-01 | David Sarnoff Research Center, Inc. | Method of synthesis of plurality of compounds in parallel using a partitioned solid support |
US5681484A (en) | 1994-11-10 | 1997-10-28 | David Sarnoff Research Center, Inc. | Etching to form cross-over, non-intersecting channel networks for use in partitioned microelectronic and fluidic device arrays for clinical diagnostics and chemical synthesis |
US5593838A (en) | 1994-11-10 | 1997-01-14 | David Sarnoff Research Center, Inc. | Partitioned microelectronic device array |
US5505321A (en) | 1994-12-05 | 1996-04-09 | Teledyne Industries, Inc. | Fabrication multilayer combined rigid/flex printed circuit board |
US5601982A (en) | 1995-02-07 | 1997-02-11 | Sargent; Jeannine P. | Method and apparatus for determining the sequence of polynucleotides |
US6207369B1 (en) * | 1995-03-10 | 2001-03-27 | Meso Scale Technologies, Llc | Multi-array, multi-specific electrochemiluminescence testing |
US5741462A (en) | 1995-04-25 | 1998-04-21 | Irori | Remotely programmable matrices with memories |
US5632876A (en) | 1995-06-06 | 1997-05-27 | David Sarnoff Research Center, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for controlling fluid flow in microchannels |
US5545531A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1996-08-13 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Methods for making a device for concurrently processing multiple biological chip assays |
US5603351A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1997-02-18 | David Sarnoff Research Center, Inc. | Method and system for inhibiting cross-contamination in fluids of combinatorial chemistry device |
US5650061A (en) | 1995-09-18 | 1997-07-22 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Large amplitude sinusoidal voltammetry |
US5747169A (en) | 1995-11-09 | 1998-05-05 | David Sarnoff Research Center, Inc. | Field-assisted sealing |
US6114122A (en) * | 1996-03-26 | 2000-09-05 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Fluidics station with a mounting system and method of using |
US6461490B1 (en) * | 1996-04-25 | 2002-10-08 | Pence, Inc. | Biosensor device and method |
US6054277A (en) * | 1996-05-08 | 2000-04-25 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Integrated microchip genetic testing system |
US5728532A (en) | 1996-05-31 | 1998-03-17 | Ackley; Donald E. | Electrode configuration for matrix addressing of a molecular detection device |
US5876926A (en) * | 1996-07-23 | 1999-03-02 | Beecham; James E. | Method, apparatus and system for verification of human medical data |
US5770029A (en) | 1996-07-30 | 1998-06-23 | Soane Biosciences | Integrated electrophoretic microdevices |
US6117973A (en) * | 1997-02-24 | 2000-09-12 | Georgia Tech Research Corp. | PNA monomers with electron donor or acceptor |
US5989402A (en) * | 1997-08-29 | 1999-11-23 | Caliper Technologies Corp. | Controller/detector interfaces for microfluidic systems |
US6050719A (en) * | 1998-01-30 | 2000-04-18 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Rotational mixing method using a cartridge having a narrow interior |
US6579231B1 (en) * | 1998-03-27 | 2003-06-17 | Mci Communications Corporation | Personal medical monitoring unit and system |
US6132685A (en) * | 1998-08-10 | 2000-10-17 | Caliper Technologies Corporation | High throughput microfluidic systems and methods |
US6288221B1 (en) * | 1998-08-20 | 2001-09-11 | Duke University | Methods of synthesis of halogen base-modified oligonucleotides and subsequent labeling with a metal-catalyzed reaction |
US6541617B1 (en) * | 1998-10-27 | 2003-04-01 | Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. | Detection of target analytes using particles and electrodes |
US6303316B1 (en) * | 1999-07-02 | 2001-10-16 | Conceptual Mind Works, Inc. | Organic semiconductor recognition complex and system |
Non-Patent Citations (99)
Cited By (78)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8741585B2 (en) | 1997-06-12 | 2014-06-03 | Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. | Electronic methods for the detection of analytes |
US8114661B2 (en) | 1997-06-12 | 2012-02-14 | Osmetech Technology, Inc. | Electronic methods for the detection of analytes |
US8383356B2 (en) | 1997-06-12 | 2013-02-26 | Osmetch Technology, Inc. | Electronic methods for the detection of analytes |
US7601507B2 (en) | 1997-06-12 | 2009-10-13 | Osmetech Technology Inc. | Electronic methods for the detection of analytes |
US7713711B2 (en) | 1997-06-12 | 2010-05-11 | Osmetech Technology Inc. | Electronic methods for the detection of analytes |
US7759073B2 (en) | 1997-06-12 | 2010-07-20 | Osmetech Technology Inc. | Electronic methods for the detection of analytes |
US20080237061A1 (en) * | 1997-06-12 | 2008-10-02 | Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. | Electronic methods for the detection of analytes |
US7491310B2 (en) * | 2001-10-12 | 2009-02-17 | Arkray, Inc. | Concentration measuring method and concentration measuring apparatus |
US20040232009A1 (en) * | 2001-10-12 | 2004-11-25 | Hisashi Okuda | Concentration measuring method and concentration measuring device |
US9873122B2 (en) | 2007-08-29 | 2018-01-23 | Canon U.S. Life Sciences, Inc. | Microfluidic devices with integrated resistive heater electrodes including systems and methods for controlling and measuring the temperatures of such heater electrodes |
US20090248349A1 (en) * | 2007-08-29 | 2009-10-01 | Canon U.S. Life Sciences, Inc. | Microfluidic devices with integrated resistive heater electrodes including systems and methods for controlling and measuring the temperatures of such heater electrodes |
US20110077897A1 (en) * | 2007-08-29 | 2011-03-31 | Canon U.S. Life Sciences, Inc. | Microfluidic devices with integrated resistive heater electrodes including systems and methods for controlling and measuring the temperatures of such heater electrodes |
US20110056926A1 (en) * | 2007-08-29 | 2011-03-10 | Canon U.S. Life Sciences, Inc. | Microfluidic devices with integrated resistive heater electrodes including systems and methods for controlling and measuring the temperatures of such heater electrodes |
US9267852B2 (en) | 2007-08-29 | 2016-02-23 | Canon U.S. Life Sciences, Inc. | Microfluidic devices with integrated resistive heater electrodes including systems and methods for controlling and measuring the temperatures of such heater electrodes |
US9527083B2 (en) | 2007-08-29 | 2016-12-27 | Canon U.S. Life Sciences, Inc. | Microfluidic devices with integrated resistive heater electrodes including systems and methods for controlling and measuring the temperatures of such heater electrodes |
US8380457B2 (en) | 2007-08-29 | 2013-02-19 | Canon U.S. Life Sciences, Inc. | Microfluidic devices with integrated resistive heater electrodes including systems and methods for controlling and measuring the temperatures of such heater electrodes |
US9829389B2 (en) | 2007-08-29 | 2017-11-28 | Canon U.S. Life Sciences, Inc. | Microfluidic devices with integrated resistive heater electrodes including systems and methods for controlling and measuring the temperatures of such heater electrodes |
US8306773B2 (en) | 2007-08-29 | 2012-11-06 | Canon U.S. Life Sciences, Inc. | Microfluidic devices with integrated resistive heater electrodes including systems and methods for controlling and measuring the temperatures of such heater electrodes |
WO2009061941A2 (en) | 2007-11-06 | 2009-05-14 | Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics | Baseless nucleotide analogues and uses thereof |
US20120216403A1 (en) * | 2009-07-29 | 2012-08-30 | Iti Scotland Limited | Loading element |
US9624522B2 (en) | 2009-08-07 | 2017-04-18 | Ohmx Corporation | Single, direct detection of hemoglobin A1c percentage using enzyme triggered redox altering chemical elimination (e-trace) immunoassay |
US8530170B2 (en) | 2009-08-07 | 2013-09-10 | Ohmx Corporation | Enzyme triggered redox altering chemical elimination (E-trace) immunoassay |
EP2642291A1 (en) | 2009-08-07 | 2013-09-25 | Ohmx Corporation | Enzyme triggered redox altering chemical elimination (E-trace) immunoassay |
US20110033869A1 (en) * | 2009-08-07 | 2011-02-10 | Ohmx Corporation | Enzyme Triggered Redox Altering Chemical Elimination (E-Trace) Immunoassay |
US9194836B2 (en) | 2009-08-07 | 2015-11-24 | Ohmx Corporation | Enzyme triggered redox altering chemical elimination (E-trace) immunoassay |
WO2011034668A1 (en) | 2009-08-07 | 2011-03-24 | Ohmx Corporation | Enzyme triggered redox altering chemical elimination (e-trace) immunoassay |
US12123654B2 (en) | 2010-05-04 | 2024-10-22 | Fractal Heatsink Technologies LLC | System and method for maintaining efficiency of a fractal heat sink |
WO2011146143A2 (en) | 2010-05-21 | 2011-11-24 | Ohmx Corporation | Detection of cancer by assaying psa enzymatic activity |
US9250234B2 (en) | 2011-01-19 | 2016-02-02 | Ohmx Corporation | Enzyme triggered redox altering chemical elimination (E-TRACE) immunoassay |
WO2012100078A1 (en) | 2011-01-19 | 2012-07-26 | Ohmx Corporation | Enzyme triggered redox altering chemical elimination (e-trace) immmunoassay |
WO2013059293A1 (en) | 2011-10-17 | 2013-04-25 | Ohmx Corporation | Single, direct detection of hemoglobin a1c percentage using enzyme triggered redox altering chemical elimination (e-trace) immunoassay |
WO2013067349A1 (en) | 2011-11-04 | 2013-05-10 | Ohmx Corporation | Novel chemistry used in biosensors |
US9340567B2 (en) | 2011-11-04 | 2016-05-17 | Ohmx Corporation | Chemistry used in biosensors |
US9250203B2 (en) | 2012-01-09 | 2016-02-02 | Ohmx Corporation | Enzyme cascade methods for E-TRACE assay signal amplification |
WO2013106434A1 (en) | 2012-01-09 | 2013-07-18 | Ohmx Corporation | Enzyme cascade methods for e-trace assay signal amplification |
US9416390B2 (en) | 2012-07-27 | 2016-08-16 | Ohmx Corporation | Electric measurement of monolayers following pro-cleave detection of presence and activity of enzymes and other target analytes |
US9404883B2 (en) | 2012-07-27 | 2016-08-02 | Ohmx Corporation | Electronic measurements of monolayers following homogeneous reactions of their components |
WO2014018899A1 (en) | 2012-07-27 | 2014-01-30 | Ohmx Corporation | Electric measurement of monolayers following pro-cleave detection of presence and activity of enzymes and other target analytes |
WO2014018886A1 (en) | 2012-07-27 | 2014-01-30 | Ohmx Corporation | Electronic measurements of monolayers following homogeneous reactions of their components |
US9321053B2 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2016-04-26 | Life Technologies Corporation | Vertical clamp device |
US9527084B2 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2016-12-27 | Life Technologies Corporation | Vertical clamp device |
USD900330S1 (en) | 2012-10-24 | 2020-10-27 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Instrument |
WO2014066704A1 (en) | 2012-10-24 | 2014-05-01 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Integrated multiplex target analysis |
EP3427830A1 (en) | 2012-10-24 | 2019-01-16 | Genmark Diagnostics Inc. | Integrated multiplex target analysis |
US9957553B2 (en) | 2012-10-24 | 2018-05-01 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Integrated multiplex target analysis |
EP3919174A2 (en) | 2012-10-24 | 2021-12-08 | Genmark Diagnostics Inc. | Integrated multiplex target analysis |
US10495656B2 (en) | 2012-10-24 | 2019-12-03 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Integrated multiplex target analysis |
US11952618B2 (en) | 2012-10-24 | 2024-04-09 | Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. | Integrated multiplex target analysis |
EP2965817A1 (en) | 2012-10-24 | 2016-01-13 | Genmark Diagnostics Inc. | Integrated multiplex target analysis |
US10391489B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-08-27 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for manipulating deformable fluid vessels |
US9222623B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2015-12-29 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Devices and methods for manipulating deformable fluid vessels |
US9453613B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-09-27 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Apparatus, devices, and methods for manipulating deformable fluid vessels |
US10807090B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2020-10-20 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Apparatus, devices, and methods for manipulating deformable fluid vessels |
US9410663B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-08-09 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for manipulating deformable fluid vessels |
WO2015042493A2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2015-03-26 | Ohmx Corporation | Psa enzymatic activity: a new biomarker for assessing prostate cancer aggressiveness |
USD881409S1 (en) | 2013-10-24 | 2020-04-14 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Biochip cartridge |
WO2015168302A1 (en) | 2014-04-29 | 2015-11-05 | Ohmx Corporation | Bioelectronic binding assay using peak profiling |
US10596570B2 (en) | 2014-05-16 | 2020-03-24 | Qvella Corporation | Apparatus, system and method for performing automated centrifugal separation |
US12201753B2 (en) | 2014-06-10 | 2025-01-21 | The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York | Low temperature, nanostructured ceramic coatings |
US10828400B2 (en) | 2014-06-10 | 2020-11-10 | The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York | Low temperature, nanostructured ceramic coatings |
WO2016025539A1 (en) | 2014-08-11 | 2016-02-18 | Ohmx Corporation | Enzyme triggered redox altering chemical elimination (-trace) assay with multiplexing capabilities |
US10864522B2 (en) | 2014-11-11 | 2020-12-15 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Processing cartridge and method for detecting a pathogen in a sample |
WO2016077364A2 (en) | 2014-11-11 | 2016-05-19 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Instrument and cartridge for performing assays in a closed sample preparation and reaction system |
US9598722B2 (en) | 2014-11-11 | 2017-03-21 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Cartridge for performing assays in a closed sample preparation and reaction system |
US9498778B2 (en) | 2014-11-11 | 2016-11-22 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Instrument for processing cartridge for performing assays in a closed sample preparation and reaction system |
WO2016077341A2 (en) | 2014-11-11 | 2016-05-19 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Instrument and cartridge for performing assays in a closed sample preparation and reaction system employing electrowetting fluid manipulation |
US10005080B2 (en) | 2014-11-11 | 2018-06-26 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Instrument and cartridge for performing assays in a closed sample preparation and reaction system employing electrowetting fluid manipulation |
EP3831481A1 (en) | 2014-11-11 | 2021-06-09 | Genmark Diagnostics Inc. | Instrument and cartridge for performing assays in a closed sample preparation and reaction system |
WO2016100834A2 (en) | 2014-12-19 | 2016-06-23 | Ohmx Corporation | Competitive enzymatic assays |
US20180068047A1 (en) * | 2016-09-08 | 2018-03-08 | Mapper Lithography Ip B.V. | Method and system for fabricating unique chips using a charged particle multi-beamlet lithography system |
US11300578B2 (en) | 2016-09-19 | 2022-04-12 | Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. | Instrument for processing cartridge for performing assays in a closed sample preparation and reaction system |
US12000847B2 (en) | 2016-09-19 | 2024-06-04 | Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. | Instrument for processing cartridge for performing assays in a closed sample preparation and reaction system |
WO2018053501A1 (en) | 2016-09-19 | 2018-03-22 | Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. | Instrument for processing cartridge for performing assays in a closed sample preparation and reaction system |
US10106847B1 (en) | 2017-08-24 | 2018-10-23 | Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. | Electrochemical detection of bacterial and/or fungal infections |
US11021759B2 (en) | 2017-08-24 | 2021-06-01 | Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. | Electrochemical detection of bacterial and/or fungal infections |
WO2019040769A1 (en) | 2017-08-24 | 2019-02-28 | Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. (dba GenMark Diagnostics, Inc.) | Electrochemical detection of bacterial and/or fungal infections |
US10669592B2 (en) | 2017-08-24 | 2020-06-02 | Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. | Electrochemical detection of bacterial and/or fungal infections |
US10273535B2 (en) | 2017-08-24 | 2019-04-30 | Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. | Electrochemical detection of bacterial and/or fungal infections |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20070189921A1 (en) | 2007-08-16 |
US20100028984A1 (en) | 2010-02-04 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US7312087B2 (en) | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing | |
US20020177135A1 (en) | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing | |
US20110180425A1 (en) | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing | |
EP1246699A2 (en) | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing | |
US20040053290A1 (en) | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing | |
US20080202927A1 (en) | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing | |
EP1331999A2 (en) | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing | |
US9874542B2 (en) | Signal detection techniques for the detection of analytes | |
US20180180605A1 (en) | Methods for the electrochemical treatment of self-assembled monolayers | |
AU2004203183B2 (en) | A method of analyzing biochips | |
AU772250B2 (en) | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing | |
US20140305811A1 (en) | Methods for the electrochemical treatment of self-assembled monolayers | |
AU2005244524A1 (en) | Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing | |
AU2004202695A1 (en) | The use of microfluidic systems in the electrochemical detection of target analytes |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: CLINICAL MICRO SENSORS, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:DUONG, HAU H.;BLACKBURN, GARY;KAYYEM, JON F.;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:012507/0900;SIGNING DATES FROM 20011210 TO 20011218 |
|
STCF | Information on status: patent grant |
Free format text: PATENTED CASE |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: OSMETECH TECHNOLOGY INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:CLINICAL MICRO SENSORS INC. (DBA OSMETECH MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS);REEL/FRAME:021924/0376 Effective date: 20081204 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: SQUARE 1 BANK,NORTH CAROLINA Free format text: SECURITY INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:OSMETECH TECHNOLOGY INC.;REEL/FRAME:024312/0662 Effective date: 20100312 Owner name: SQUARE 1 BANK, NORTH CAROLINA Free format text: SECURITY INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:OSMETECH TECHNOLOGY INC.;REEL/FRAME:024312/0662 Effective date: 20100312 |
|
FPAY | Fee payment |
Year of fee payment: 4 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: OSMETECH TECHNOLOGY, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:SQUARE 1 BANK;REEL/FRAME:029097/0148 Effective date: 20121001 |
|
FPAY | Fee payment |
Year of fee payment: 8 |
|
MAFP | Maintenance fee payment |
Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 12TH YR, SMALL ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M2553); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: SMALL ENTITY Year of fee payment: 12 |
|
FEPP | Fee payment procedure |
Free format text: ENTITY STATUS SET TO UNDISCOUNTED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: BIG.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY |
|
FEPP | Fee payment procedure |
Free format text: ENTITY STATUS SET TO SMALL (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: SMAL); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: SMALL ENTITY |
|
FEPP | Fee payment procedure |
Free format text: ENTITY STATUS SET TO UNDISCOUNTED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: BIG.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: ROCHE MOLECULAR SYSTEMS, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:GENMARK DIAGNOSTICS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:058189/0563 Effective date: 20210910 |